19990502 sourceware importbinu_ss_19990502

17 files changed, 9257 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/etc/ChangeLog b/etc/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0453a3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
+1999-04-01  Jim Blandy  <jimb@zwingli.cygnus.com>
+
+	* add-log.el, add-log.vi: New files.
+
+Wed Jan 20 01:33:50 1999  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* comp-tools-verify: Remove some checks that are no longer valid.
+
+1998-12-03  Nick Clifton  <nickc@cygnus.com>
+
+	* targetdoc/fr30.texi: New document.
+	
+Thu Oct  1 21:15:59 1998  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* comp-tools-fix, cross-tools-fix: Replace /usr/include
+	with ${FIXINCDIR}.
+
+Tue Aug 11 19:22:11 1998  Doug Evans  <devans@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* make-rel-sym-tree (version): Update calculation.
+
+Fri Jun 12 21:34:01 1998  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.texi: Various additions.
+	* Makefile.in (TEXI2HTML, DVIPS): New variables.
+	(standards.ps): New target.
+	(configure.dvi): Copy .tin files in as well.
+	(configure.ps, configure.html): New targets.
+	(clean): Remove configdev.jpg and configbuild.jpg.
+	* configdev.fig: New file.
+	* configdev.ein: New file (EPS version of configdev.fig).
+	* configdev.jin: New file (JPEG version of configdev.fig).
+	* configbuild.fig: New file.
+	* configbuild.ein: New file (EPS version of configbuild.fig).
+	* configbuild.jin: New file (JPEG version of configbuild.fig).
+
+Wed Jun 10 14:41:25 1998  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.texi: New file.
+	* configdev.tin: New file.
+	* configbuild.tin: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (MAKEINFO): Use makeinfo from texinfo directory if
+	it exists.
+	(TEXI2DVI): Likewise for texi2dvi.
+	(INFOFILES): Add configure.info.
+	(DVIFILES): Add configure.dvi.
+	(info): Only build info files if the source files exist.
+	(install-info): Only install info files if they exist.
+	(dvi): Only build DVI files if the sources files exist.
+	(configure.info): New target.
+	(configure.dvi): New target.
+	(clean): Remove configdev and configbuild derived files.
+
+	Remove obsolete documentation.
+	* intro.texi: Remove.
+	* install.texi: Remove.
+	* config-names.texi: Remove.
+	* screen1.eps: Remove.
+	* screen1.obj: Remove.
+	* screen2.eps: Remove.
+	* screen2.obj: Remove.
+	* Makefile.in: Remove references to the above.
+
+Thu May 21 14:34:51 1998  Nick Clifton  <nickc@cygnus.com>
+
+	* targetdoc/arm-interwork.texi: Add note about ignoring linker
+	warning message when using --support-old-code.
+
+Mon May 18 14:27:37 1998  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in, comp-tools-fix, comp-tools-verify, cross-tools-fix:
+	Use $GCCvn rather than substitute everywhere.
+
+Thu May 14 14:43:10 1998  Nick Clifton  <nickc@cygnus.com>
+
+	* targetdoc/arm-interwork.texi: Document dlltool support of
+	interworking. 
+
+Thu May  7 16:49:38 1998  Jason Molenda  (crash@bugshack.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: Remove references to TCL_LIBRARY, TK_LIBRARY,
+	and GDBTK_FILENAME.
+
+Wed Apr  1 17:11:44 1998  Nick Clifton  <nickc@cygnus.com>
+
+	* targetdoc/arm-interwork.texi: Document ARM/thumb interworking. 
+
+Tue Mar 31 15:28:20 1998  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* standards.texi, make-stds.texi: Update to current FSF versions.
+	* Makefile.in (standards.info): Depend upon make-std.texi.
+
+Tue Mar 24 16:13:26 1998  Stu Grossman  <grossman@bhuna.cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* configure:  Regenerate with autoconf 2.12.1 to fix shell issues
+	for NT native builds. 
+
+Mon Mar  9 16:41:04 1998  Doug Evans  <devans@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* make-rel-sym-tree (binprogs): Add objcopy.
+
+Tue Feb 24 18:11:58 1998  Doug Evans  <devans@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* make-rel-sym-tree: as.new -> as-new, ld.new -> ld-new
+	nm.new -> nm-new.  Make symlinks to crt*.o.
+
+Fri Nov 21 12:54:58 1997  Manfred Hollstein <manfred@s-direktnet.de>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add --no-split argument to avoid creating files
+	with names longer than 14 characters.
+
+Thu Sep 25 13:13:11 1997  Jason Molenda  (crash@pern.cygnus.com)
+
+	* intro.texi: Add closing ifset.
+
+Mon Sep  1 10:31:32 1997  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: Move setting HOST and TARGET to the beginning
+	of the file for editing convenience.
+
+Mon Sep  1 10:28:37 1997  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in.: More friendly options/messages when extracting
+	from a file instead of a tape device.
+
+Tue Jun 17 15:50:23 1997  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: Add /usr/bsd to PATH for Irix (home of compress)
+
+Thu Jun 12 13:47:00 1997  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+        * Install.in (show_exec_prefix_msg): fix quoting
+
+Wed Jun  4 15:31:43 1997  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* rebuilding.texi: Removed.
+
+Sat May 24 18:02:20 1997  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cross-tools-fix:  Remove host check since it doesn't matter
+	for this case.
+	* Install.in (guess_system): clean up more unused hosts.
+	* Install.in, cross-tools-fix, comp-tools-fix, comp-tools-verify:
+	Hack for host check to not warn the user for certain cases.
+
+Fri May 23 23:46:10 1997  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* subst-strings: Remove a lot of unused code
+	* Install.in: Remove reference to TAPEdflt, use variables instead of
+	string substitution when able.
+
+Fri Apr 11 17:25:52 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Change file named in AC_INIT to Makefile.in.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Apr 11 18:12:42 1997  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Install.in (guess_system): Back out change to INSTALLHOST to
+	call all IRIX systems "mips-sgi-irix4"
+
+	* Makefile.in: Remove references to configure.texi and cfg-paper.texi.
+
+Thu Apr 10 23:26:45 1997  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* srctree.texi, emacs-relnotes.texi, cfg-paper.texi: Remove.
+	* Install.in: Remove Ultrix-specific hacks.
+	Update Cygnus phone numbers.
+	(guess_system): Remove some old systems (Ultrix, OSF1 v1 & 2,
+	m68k-HPUX, m68k SunOS, etc.)
+	(show_gnu_root_msg): Remove.
+	Removed all the remove option code.
+
+Thu Apr 10 23:23:33 1997  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* configure.man, configure.texi: Remote.
+
+Mon Apr  7 18:15:00 1997  Brendan Kehoe <brendan@cygnus.com>
+
+        * Fix the version string for OSF1 4.0 to recognize either
+        V4.* or X4.*
+
+Mon Apr  7 15:34:47 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* standards.texi, make-stds.texi: Update to current FSF versions.
+
+Tue Nov 19 15:36:14 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* make-rel-sym-tree: New file.
+
+Wed Oct 23 00:34:07 1996  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Lots of patches from progressive...
+ 	* Install.in: restore DDOPTS for AIX 4.x
+ 	* Install.in, subst-strings: add case for DG Aviion
+ 	* subst-strings: fix typo in INSTALLdir var setting
+ 	* comp-tools-verify: set SHLIB_PATH for shared libs
+ 	* Install.in, subst-strings:  add case for solaris2.5
+ 	* Install.in: fix regression for hppa1.1 check
+ 	* comp-tools-fix: set LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+ 	* comp-tools-fix: If fixincludes fixes /usr/include/limits.h,
+ 	install it as syslimits.h.
+
+Wed Oct 16 19:20:42 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Install.in (guess_system): Treat powerpc-ibm-aix4.1 the same as
+	rs6000-ibm-aix4.1, since the compiler now uses common mode by
+	default.
+
+Wed Oct  2 15:39:07 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* configure.in (AC_PROG_INSTALL): Added.
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove config.cache.
+
+Wed Oct  2 14:33:58 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* configure.in: Switch to autoconf configure.in.
+	* configure: New.
+	* Makefile.in: Use autoconf-substituted values.
+
+Tue Jun 25 18:56:08 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Makefile.in (datadir): Changed to $(prefix)/share.
+
+Fri Mar 29 11:38:01 1996  J.T. Conklin  (jtc@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.man: Changed to be recognized by catman -w on Solaris.
+
+Wed Dec  6 15:40:28 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* comp-tools-fix (fixincludes): Define FIXPROTO_DEFINES from
+	.../install-tools/fixproto-defines.
+
+Sun Nov 12 19:31:27 1995  Jason Molenda  (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* comp-tools-verify (verify_cxx_initializers): delete argv,
+	argc declarations, add -static to compile line.
+	(verify_cxx_hello_world): delete argv, argc declarations, add
+	-static to compile line.
+
+Wed Sep 20 13:21:52 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): New target, synonym for
+	realclean.
+
+Mon Aug 28 17:25:49 1995  Jason Molenda  (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in (PATH):  add /usr/ucb to $PATH (for SunOS 4.1.x).
+
+Tue Aug 15 21:51:58 1995  Jason Molenda  (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in (guess_system): Match OSF/1 v3.x as the same as 
+        v2.x--v2.x binaries are upward compatible.
+
+Tue Aug 15 21:46:54 1995  Jason Molenda  (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in (guess_system): recognize HP 9000/800 systems as the
+	same as HP 9000/700 systems.
+
+Tue Aug  8 13:11:56 1995  Brendan Kehoe  <brendan@lisa.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Install.in: For emacs, run show_emacs_alternate_msg and exit.
+	(show_emacs_alternate_msg): New message saying how emacs can't be
+	installed in an alternate prefix.
+
+Thu Jun  8 00:42:56 1995  Angela Marie Thomas  <angela@cirdan.cygnus.com>
+
+        * subst-strings: change du commands to $BINDIR/. & $SRCDIR/. just
+        in case they are symlinks.
+
+Tue Apr 18 14:23:10 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cdk-fix: Extracted table of targets that don't need their
+	  headers fixed from gcc's configure script.
+
+	* cdk-fix, cdk-verify: Use ${HOST} instead of ||HOSTstr||
+
+	* cdk-fix, cdk-verify: New files, install script fragments used
+	  for Cygnus Developer's Kit.
+
+	* Install.in (do_mkdir): New function.
+
+	* Install.in: Added support for --with and --without options.
+	  Changed so that tape commands are not run when extracting 
+	  from a file.
+	  (do_mt): Changed to take only one argument.
+
+Wed Mar 29 11:16:38 1995  Jason Molenda (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: catch UNAME==alpha-dec-osf2.x and correct entry for
+	alpha-dec-osf1.x
+	
+Fri Jan 27 12:04:29 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* subst-strings (mips-sgi-irix5): New entry in table.
+
+Thu Jan 19 12:15:44 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Install.in: Major rewrite, bundle dependent code (for example,
+	  fixincludes for comp-tools) will be inserted into the Install
+	  script when it is generated.
+
+Tue Jan 17 16:51:32 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (Makefile): Rebuild using $(SHELL).
+
+Thu Nov  3 19:30:33 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): Depend on info.
+
+Fri Aug 19 16:16:38 1994  Jason Molenda     (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: set $FIX_HEADER so fixproto can find fix-header.
+
+Fri May  6 16:18:58 1994  Jason Molenda     (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): add a semicolon in the if statement.
+
+Fri Apr 29 16:56:07 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cfg-paper.texi: Update some outdated information.
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): Pass file, not directory, as last
+	arg to INSTALL_DATA.
+	(uninstall): New target.
+
+Thu Apr 28 14:42:22 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.texi: Comment out @smallbook.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Define TEXI2DVI and TEXIDIR, and use the latter.
+	Remove info files in realclean, not clean, per coding standards.
+	Remove TeX output in clean.
+
+Tue Apr 26 17:18:03 1994  Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+        * Install.in:  fixincludes output is actually put in fixincludes.log,
+        but echo'ed messages claim it is fixinc.log.  This is the same
+	messages as I logged in March 4 1994, but for some reason we found
+	the change hadn't been done.  I'll have to dig through the logs
+	and find out what I really did do that day. :)
+
+Mon Apr 25 20:28:19 1994  Jason Molenda   (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in:  use eval to call do_mt() for Ultrix brokenness.
+
+Mon Apr 25 20:00:00 1994  Jason Molenda   (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in(do_mt): exit with error status 1 if # of parameters
+	!= 3.
+
+Mon Apr 25 19:42:36 1994  Jason Molenda   (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in:  lose TAPE_FORWARD and TAPE_REWIND, add do_mt()
+	to do all tape movement operations.  Currently untested.  Addresses
+	PR # 4886 from bull.
+
+	* Install.in: add 1994 to the copyright thing.
+
+Fri Apr 22 19:05:13 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* standards.texi: Update from FSF.
+
+Fri Apr 22 15:46:10 1994  Jason Molenda (crash@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: Add $DDOPTS, has ``bs=124b'' for all systems except
+	AIX (some versions of AIX don't understand bs=124b.  Silly OS).
+
+Mon Apr  4 22:55:05 1994  Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: null out $TOOLS before adding stuff to it
+	non-destructively.
+
+Wed Mar 30 21:45:35 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* standards.texi: Fix typo.
+
+	* configure.texi, configure.man: Document --disable-.
+
+Mon Mar 28 13:22:15 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* standards.texi: Update from FSF.
+
+Sat Mar 26 09:21:44 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* standards.texi, make-stds.texi: Update from FSF.
+
+Fri Mar 25 22:59:45 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.texi, configure.man: Document --enable-* options.
+
+Wed Mar 23 23:38:24 1994  Jason Molenda  (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: set CPP to be gcc -E for fixincludes.
+
+Wed Mar 23 13:42:48 1994  Jason Molenda  (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+        * Install.in: set PATH to $PATH:/bin:/usr/bin so we can pick
+        up native tools even if the user doesn't have them in his
+        path.
+
+        * Install.in: ``hppa-1.1-hp-hpux'' -> ``hppa1.1-hp-hpux''.
+
+Tue Mar 15 22:09:20 1994  Jason Molenda  (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+        
+        * Install.in: TAPE_REWIND and TAPE_FORWARD variables for Unixunaware,
+        added switch statement to detect if system is Unixunaware.
+
+Fri Mar  4 12:10:30 1994  Jason Molenda (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+        * Install.in:  fixincludes output is actually put in fixincludes.log,
+        but echo'ed messages claim it is fixinc.log.
+
+Wed Nov  3 02:58:02 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* subst-strings:  output TEXBUNDLE for more install notes matching
+	* install-texi.in:  PRMS info now exists
+
+Tue Oct 26 16:57:12 1993  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* subst-strings: match solaris*.  Also, add default case to catch
+	  and error out for unrecognized systems.
+
+Thu Aug 19 18:21:31 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: handle the new fixproto work
+
+Mon Jul 19 12:05:41 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: remove "MT=tctl" for AIX (not needed, and barely
+	worked anyway)
+
+Mon Jun 14 19:09:22 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
+
+	* subst-strings: changed HOST to recognize Solaris for install notes
+
+Thu Jun 10 16:01:25 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
+
+	* dos-inst.texi:  new file.
+
+Wed Jun  9 19:23:59 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+        * install-texi.in:        added conditionals (nearly complete)
+                                  cleaned up
+                                  added support for other releases (not done)
+
+Wed Jun  9 15:53:58 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): Use INSTALL_DATA.
+	({dist,real}clean): Also delete Makefile and config.status.
+
+Fri Jun  4 17:09:56 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
+
+	* subst-strings:  added data for OS_STRING
+
+	* subst-strings:  added support for OS_STRING
+
+Thu Jun  3 00:37:01 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: pull COPYING and COPYING.LIB off of the tape 
+
+Tue Jun  1 16:52:08 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* subst-strings: replace RELEASE_DIR too
+
+Mon Mar 22 23:55:27 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: add installcheck target
+
+Wed Mar 17 02:21:15 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Install.in: fix 'source only' extraction bug where it looked for
+	the src dir under H-<host>/src instead of src; also remove stray
+	reference to EMACSHIBIN
+
+Mon Mar 15 01:25:45 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* make-stds.texi: added 'installcheck' to the standard targets
+
+Tue Mar  9 19:48:28 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* standards.texi: added INFO-DIR-ENTRY, updated version from the FSF
+
+Tue Feb  9 12:40:23 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (standards.info): Added -I$(srcdir) to find
+	make-stds.texi.
+
+Mon Feb  1 16:32:56 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* standards.texi: updated to latest FSF version, which includes:
+
+	* make-stds.texi: new file
+
+Mon Nov 30 01:31:40 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* install-texi.in, relnotes.texi, intro.texi: changed Cygnus phone
+	numbers from the old Palo Alto ones to the new Mtn. View numbers
+
+Mon Nov 16 16:50:43 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: define $(RM) to "rm -f"
+
+Sun Oct 11 16:05:48 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* intro.texi: added INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
diff --git a/etc/Makefile.in b/etc/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eedc8c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+# 
+# Makefile.in for etc
+#
+
+prefix 		= @prefix@
+exec_prefix 	= @exec_prefix@
+
+srcdir  = @srcdir@
+VPATH	= @srcdir@
+
+bindir  = @bindir@
+libdir  = @libdir@
+tooldir = $(libdir)
+datadir = @datadir@
+
+mandir  = @mandir@
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
+man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
+infodir = @infodir@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+INSTALL 	= @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA    = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+MAKEINFO = `if [ -f ../texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo ]; \
+	then echo ../texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo; \
+	else echo makeinfo; fi`
+TEXI2DVI = `if [ -f ../texinfo/util/texi2dvi ]; \
+	then echo ../texinfo/util/texi2dvi; \
+	else echo texi2dvi; fi`
+TEXI2HTML = texi2html
+DVIPS = dvips
+
+# Where to find texinfo.tex to format documentation with TeX.
+TEXIDIR = $(srcdir)/../texinfo
+
+#### Host, target, and site specific Makefile fragments come in here.
+###
+
+INFOFILES = standards.info configure.info
+DVIFILES = standards.dvi configure.dvi
+
+all:
+
+install:
+
+uninstall:
+
+info:
+	for f in $(INFOFILES); do \
+	  if test -f $(srcdir)/`echo $$f | sed -e 's/.info$$/.texi/'`; then \
+	    if $(MAKE) "MAKEINFO=$(MAKEINFO)" $$f; then \
+	      true; \
+	    else \
+	      exit 1; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+
+install-info: info
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $(infodir)
+	if test ! -f standards.info; then cd $(srcdir); fi; \
+	if test -f standards.info; then \
+	  for i in standards.info*; do \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(infodir)/$$i; \
+	  done; \
+	fi
+	if test ! -f configure.info; then cd $(srcdir); fi; \
+	if test -f configure.info; then \
+	  for i in configure.info*; do \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(infodir)/$$i; \
+	  done; \
+	fi
+
+dvi:
+	for f in $(DVIFILES); do \
+	  if test -f $(srcdir)/`echo $$f | sed -e 's/.dvi$$/.texi/'`; then \
+	    if $(MAKE) "TEXI2DVI=$(TEXI2DVI)" $$f; then \
+	      true; \
+	    else \
+	      exit 1; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+
+standards.info: $(srcdir)/standards.texi $(srcdir)/make-stds.texi
+	$(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I$(srcdir) -o standards.info $(srcdir)/standards.texi
+
+standards.dvi: $(srcdir)/standards.texi
+	TEXINPUTS=$(TEXIDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/standards.texi
+
+standards.ps: standards.dvi
+	$(DVIPS) standards.dvi -o standards.ps
+
+# makeinfo requires images to be in the current directory.
+configure.info: $(srcdir)/configure.texi $(srcdir)/configdev.tin $(srcdir)/configbuild.tin
+	rm -f configdev.txt configbuild.txt
+	cp $(srcdir)/configdev.tin configdev.txt
+	cp $(srcdir)/configbuild.tin configbuild.txt
+	$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) -o configure.info $(srcdir)/configure.texi
+	rm -f configdev.txt configbuild.txt
+
+# texi2dvi wants both the .txt and the .eps files.
+configure.dvi: $(srcdir)/configure.texi $(srcdir)/configdev.tin $(srcdir)/configbuild.tin $(srcdir)/configdev.ein $(srcdir)/configbuild.ein
+	rm -f configdev.txt configbuild.txt
+	cp $(srcdir)/configdev.tin configdev.txt
+	cp $(srcdir)/configbuild.tin configbuild.txt
+	rm -f configdev.eps configbuild.eps
+	cp $(srcdir)/configdev.ein configdev.eps
+	cp $(srcdir)/configbuild.ein configbuild.eps
+	TEXINPUTS=$(TEXIDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/configure.texi
+	rm -f configdev.txt configbuild.txt
+	rm -f configdev.eps configbuild.eps
+
+# dvips requires images to be in the current directory
+configure.ps: configure.dvi $(srcdir)/configdev.ein $(srcdir)/configbuild.ein
+	rm -f configdev.eps configbuild.eps
+	cp $(srcdir)/configdev.ein configdev.eps
+	cp $(srcdir)/configbuild.ein configbuild.eps
+	$(DVIPS) configure.dvi -o configure.ps
+	rm -f configdev.eps configbuild.eps
+
+configure.html: $(srcdir)/configure.texi
+	$(TEXI2HTML) -split_chapter $(srcdir)/configure.texi
+
+clean:
+	rm -f *.aux *.cp *.cps *.dvi *.fn *.fns *.ky *.kys *.log
+	rm -f *.pg *.pgs *.toc *.tp *.tps *.vr *.vrs
+	rm -f configdev.txt configbuild.txt configdev.eps configbuild.eps
+	rm -f configdev.jpg configbuild.jpg
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+
+distclean:   clean
+	rm -f Makefile config.status config.cache
+
+maintainer-clean realclean:   distclean
+	rm -f *.info*
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(host_makefile_frag) $(target_makefile_frag)
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+## these last targets are for standards.texi conformance
+dist:
+check:
+installcheck:
+TAGS:
diff --git a/etc/add-log.el b/etc/add-log.el
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60c88e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/add-log.el
@@ -0,0 +1,573 @@
+;;; ============ NOTE WELL! =============
+;;;
+;;; You only need to use this file if you're using a version of Emacs
+;;; prior to 20.1 to work on GDB.  The only difference between this
+;;; and the standard add-log.el provided with 19.34 is that it
+;;; generates dates using the terser format used by Emacs 20.  This is
+;;; the format recommended for use in GDB ChangeLogs.
+;;;
+;;; To use this code, you should create a directory `~/elisp', save the code
+;;; below in `~/elisp/add-log.el', and then put something like this in
+;;; your `~/.emacs' file, to tell Emacs where to find it:
+;;; 
+;;; (setq load-path
+;;;       (cons (expand-file-name "~/elisp")
+;;;             load-path))
+;;; 
+;;; If you want, you can also byte-compile it --- it'll run a little
+;;; faster, and use a little less memory.  (Not that those matter much for
+;;; this file.)  To do that, after you've saved the text as
+;;; ~/elisp/add-log.el, bring it up in Emacs, and type
+;;; 
+;;;     C-u M-x byte-compile-file
+;;;
+;;; --- Jim Blandy
+
+;;; add-log.el --- change log maintenance commands for Emacs
+
+;; Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Keywords: maint
+
+;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
+
+;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+;; GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the
+;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This facility is documented in the Emacs Manual.
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(defvar change-log-default-name nil
+  "*Name of a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry].")
+
+(defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
+  "\
+*If non-nil, function to guess name of current function from surrounding text.
+\\[add-change-log-entry] calls this function (if nil, `add-log-current-defun'
+instead) with no arguments.  It returns a string or nil if it cannot guess.")
+
+;;;###autoload
+(defvar add-log-full-name nil
+  "*Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
+This defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function.")
+
+;;;###autoload
+(defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
+  "*Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
+This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
+
+(defvar change-log-font-lock-keywords
+  '(("^[SMTWF].+" . font-lock-function-name-face)	; Date line.
+    ("^\t\\* \\([^ :\n]+\\)" 1 font-lock-comment-face)	; File name.
+    ("(\\([^)\n]+\\)):" 1 font-lock-keyword-face))	; Function name.
+  "Additional expressions to highlight in Change Log mode.")
+
+(defvar change-log-mode-map nil
+  "Keymap for Change Log major mode.")
+(if change-log-mode-map
+    nil
+  (setq change-log-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
+  (define-key change-log-mode-map "\M-q" 'change-log-fill-paragraph))
+
+(defun change-log-name ()
+  (or change-log-default-name
+      (if (eq system-type 'vax-vms) 
+	  "$CHANGE_LOG$.TXT" 
+	(if (or (eq system-type 'ms-dos) (eq system-type 'windows-nt))
+	    "changelo"
+	  "ChangeLog"))))
+
+;;;###autoload
+(defun prompt-for-change-log-name ()
+  "Prompt for a change log name."
+  (let* ((default (change-log-name))
+	 (name (expand-file-name
+		(read-file-name (format "Log file (default %s): " default)
+				nil default))))
+    ;; Handle something that is syntactically a directory name.
+    ;; Look for ChangeLog or whatever in that directory.
+    (if (string= (file-name-nondirectory name) "")
+	(expand-file-name (file-name-nondirectory default)
+			  name)
+      ;; Handle specifying a file that is a directory.
+      (if (file-directory-p name)
+	  (expand-file-name (file-name-nondirectory default)
+			    (file-name-as-directory name))
+	name))))
+
+;;;###autoload
+(defun find-change-log (&optional file-name)
+  "Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
+
+Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
+If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
+If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
+\(or whatever we use on this operating system).
+
+If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
+simply find it in the current directory.  Otherwise, search in the current 
+directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
+
+Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
+current buffer to the complete file name."
+  ;; If user specified a file name or if this buffer knows which one to use,
+  ;; just use that.
+  (or file-name
+      (setq file-name (and change-log-default-name
+			   (file-name-directory change-log-default-name)
+			   change-log-default-name))
+      (progn
+	;; Chase links in the source file
+	;; and use the change log in the dir where it points.
+	(setq file-name (or (and buffer-file-name
+				 (file-name-directory
+				  (file-chase-links buffer-file-name)))
+			    default-directory))
+	(if (file-directory-p file-name)
+	    (setq file-name (expand-file-name (change-log-name) file-name)))
+	;; Chase links before visiting the file.
+	;; This makes it easier to use a single change log file
+	;; for several related directories.
+	(setq file-name (file-chase-links file-name))
+	(setq file-name (expand-file-name file-name))
+	;; Move up in the dir hierarchy till we find a change log file.
+	(let ((file1 file-name)
+	      parent-dir)
+	  (while (and (not (or (get-file-buffer file1) (file-exists-p file1)))
+		      (progn (setq parent-dir
+				   (file-name-directory
+				    (directory-file-name
+				     (file-name-directory file1))))
+			     ;; Give up if we are already at the root dir.
+			     (not (string= (file-name-directory file1)
+					   parent-dir))))
+	    ;; Move up to the parent dir and try again.
+	    (setq file1 (expand-file-name 
+			 (file-name-nondirectory (change-log-name))
+			 parent-dir)))
+	  ;; If we found a change log in a parent, use that.
+	  (if (or (get-file-buffer file1) (file-exists-p file1))
+	      (setq file-name file1)))))
+  ;; Make a local variable in this buffer so we needn't search again.
+  (set (make-local-variable 'change-log-default-name) file-name)
+  file-name)
+
+;;;###autoload
+(defun add-change-log-entry (&optional whoami file-name other-window new-entry)
+  "Find change log file and add an entry for today.
+Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
+Second arg is file name of change log.  If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
+Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
+Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
+never append to an existing entry."
+  (interactive (list current-prefix-arg
+		     (prompt-for-change-log-name)))
+  (or add-log-full-name
+      (setq add-log-full-name (user-full-name)))
+  (or add-log-mailing-address
+      (setq add-log-mailing-address user-mail-address))
+  (if whoami
+      (progn
+	(setq add-log-full-name (read-input "Full name: " add-log-full-name))
+	 ;; Note that some sites have room and phone number fields in
+	 ;; full name which look silly when inserted.  Rather than do
+	 ;; anything about that here, let user give prefix argument so that
+	 ;; s/he can edit the full name field in prompter if s/he wants.
+	(setq add-log-mailing-address
+	      (read-input "Mailing address: " add-log-mailing-address))))
+  (let ((defun (funcall (or add-log-current-defun-function
+			    'add-log-current-defun)))
+	paragraph-end entry)
+
+    (setq file-name (expand-file-name (find-change-log file-name)))
+
+    ;; Set ENTRY to the file name to use in the new entry.
+    (and buffer-file-name
+	 ;; Never want to add a change log entry for the ChangeLog file itself.
+	 (not (string= buffer-file-name file-name))
+	 (setq entry (if (string-match
+			  (concat "^" (regexp-quote (file-name-directory
+						     file-name)))
+			  buffer-file-name)
+			 (substring buffer-file-name (match-end 0))
+		       (file-name-nondirectory buffer-file-name))))
+
+    (if (and other-window (not (equal file-name buffer-file-name)))
+	(find-file-other-window file-name)
+      (find-file file-name))
+    (or (eq major-mode 'change-log-mode)
+	(change-log-mode))
+    (undo-boundary)
+    (goto-char (point-min))
+    (let ((heading (format "%s  %s  <%s>"
+			   (format-time-string "%Y-%m-%d")
+			   add-log-full-name
+			   add-log-mailing-address)))
+      (if (looking-at (regexp-quote heading))
+	  (forward-line 1)
+	(insert heading "\n\n")))
+
+    ;; Search only within the first paragraph.
+    (if (looking-at "\n*[^\n* \t]")
+	(skip-chars-forward "\n")
+      (forward-paragraph 1))
+    (setq paragraph-end (point))
+    (goto-char (point-min))
+
+    ;; Now insert the new line for this entry.
+    (cond ((re-search-forward "^\\s *\\*\\s *$" paragraph-end t)
+	   ;; Put this file name into the existing empty entry.
+	   (if entry
+	       (insert entry)))
+	  ((and (not new-entry)
+		(let (case-fold-search)
+		  (re-search-forward
+		   (concat (regexp-quote (concat "* " entry))
+			   ;; Don't accept `foo.bar' when
+			   ;; looking for `foo':
+			   "\\(\\s \\|[(),:]\\)")
+		   paragraph-end t)))
+	   ;; Add to the existing entry for the same file.
+	   (re-search-forward "^\\s *$\\|^\\s \\*")
+	   (goto-char (match-beginning 0))
+	   ;; Delete excess empty lines; make just 2.
+	   (while (and (not (eobp)) (looking-at "^\\s *$"))
+	     (delete-region (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point))))
+	   (insert "\n\n")
+	   (forward-line -2)
+	   (indent-relative-maybe))
+	  (t
+	   ;; Make a new entry.
+	   (forward-line 1)
+	   (while (looking-at "\\sW")
+	     (forward-line 1))
+	   (while (and (not (eobp)) (looking-at "^\\s *$"))
+	     (delete-region (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point))))
+	   (insert "\n\n\n")
+	   (forward-line -2)
+	   (indent-to left-margin)
+	   (insert "* " (or entry ""))))
+    ;; Now insert the function name, if we have one.
+    ;; Point is at the entry for this file,
+    ;; either at the end of the line or at the first blank line.
+    (if defun
+	(progn
+	  ;; Make it easy to get rid of the function name.
+	  (undo-boundary)
+	  (insert (if (save-excursion
+			(beginning-of-line 1)
+			(looking-at "\\s *$")) 
+		      ""
+		    " ")
+		  "(" defun "): "))
+      ;; No function name, so put in a colon unless we have just a star.
+      (if (not (save-excursion
+		 (beginning-of-line 1)
+		 (looking-at "\\s *\\(\\*\\s *\\)?$")))
+	  (insert ": ")))))
+
+;;;###autoload
+(defun add-change-log-entry-other-window (&optional whoami file-name)
+  "Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
+Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
+Second arg is file name of change log.  \
+If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'."
+  (interactive (if current-prefix-arg
+		   (list current-prefix-arg
+			 (prompt-for-change-log-name))))
+  (add-change-log-entry whoami file-name t))
+;;;###autoload (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
+
+;;;###autoload
+(defun change-log-mode ()
+  "Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
+Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
+New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
+Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
+Runs `change-log-mode-hook'."
+  (interactive)
+  (kill-all-local-variables)
+  (indented-text-mode)
+  (setq major-mode 'change-log-mode
+	mode-name "Change Log"
+	left-margin 8
+	fill-column 74
+    indent-tabs-mode t
+    tab-width 8)
+  (use-local-map change-log-mode-map)
+  ;; Let each entry behave as one paragraph:
+  ;; We really do want "^" in paragraph-start below: it is only the lines that
+  ;; begin at column 0 (despite the left-margin of 8) that we are looking for.
+  (set (make-local-variable 'paragraph-start) "\\s *$\\|\f\\|^\\sw")
+  (set (make-local-variable 'paragraph-separate) "\\s *$\\|\f\\|^\\sw")
+  ;; Let all entries for one day behave as one page.
+  ;; Match null string on the date-line so that the date-line
+  ;; is grouped with what follows.
+  (set (make-local-variable 'page-delimiter) "^\\<\\|^\f")
+  (set (make-local-variable 'version-control) 'never)
+  (set (make-local-variable 'adaptive-fill-regexp) "\\s *")
+  (set (make-local-variable 'font-lock-defaults)
+       '(change-log-font-lock-keywords t))
+  (run-hooks 'change-log-mode-hook))
+
+;; It might be nice to have a general feature to replace this.  The idea I
+;; have is a variable giving a regexp matching text which should not be
+;; moved from bol by filling.  change-log-mode would set this to "^\\s *\\s(".
+;; But I don't feel up to implementing that today.
+(defun change-log-fill-paragraph (&optional justify)
+  "Fill the paragraph, but preserve open parentheses at beginning of lines.
+Prefix arg means justify as well."
+  (interactive "P")
+  (let ((end (save-excursion (forward-paragraph) (point)))
+	(beg (save-excursion (backward-paragraph)(point)))
+	(paragraph-start (concat paragraph-start "\\|\\s *\\s(")))
+    (fill-region beg end justify)))
+
+(defvar add-log-current-defun-header-regexp
+  "^\\([A-Z][A-Z_ ]*[A-Z_]\\|[-_a-zA-Z]+\\)[ \t]*[:=]"
+  "*Heuristic regexp used by `add-log-current-defun' for unknown major modes.")
+
+;;;###autoload
+(defun add-log-current-defun ()
+  "Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
+
+Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
+Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
+
+Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
+point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
+identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
+`add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
+
+Has a preference of looking backwards."
+  (condition-case nil
+      (save-excursion
+	(let ((location (point)))
+	  (cond ((memq major-mode '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode
+						    lisp-interaction-mode))
+		 ;; If we are now precisely at the beginning of a defun,
+		 ;; make sure beginning-of-defun finds that one
+		 ;; rather than the previous one.
+		 (or (eobp) (forward-char 1))
+		 (beginning-of-defun)
+		 ;; Make sure we are really inside the defun found, not after it.
+		 (if (and (looking-at "\\s(")
+			  (progn (end-of-defun)
+				 (< location (point)))
+			  (progn (forward-sexp -1)
+				 (>= location (point))))
+		     (progn
+		       (if (looking-at "\\s(")
+			   (forward-char 1))
+		       (forward-sexp 1)
+		       (skip-chars-forward " '")
+		       (buffer-substring (point)
+					 (progn (forward-sexp 1) (point))))))
+		((and (memq major-mode '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode))
+		      (save-excursion (beginning-of-line)
+				      ;; Use eq instead of = here to avoid
+				      ;; error when at bob and char-after
+				      ;; returns nil.
+				      (while (eq (char-after (- (point) 2)) ?\\)
+					(forward-line -1))
+				      (looking-at "[ \t]*#[ \t]*define[ \t]")))
+		 ;; Handle a C macro definition.
+		 (beginning-of-line)
+		 (while (eq (char-after (- (point) 2)) ?\\) ;not =; note above
+		   (forward-line -1))
+		 (search-forward "define")
+		 (skip-chars-forward " \t")
+		 (buffer-substring (point)
+				   (progn (forward-sexp 1) (point))))
+		((memq major-mode '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode))
+		 (beginning-of-line)
+		 ;; See if we are in the beginning part of a function,
+		 ;; before the open brace.  If so, advance forward.
+		 (while (not (looking-at "{\\|\\(\\s *$\\)"))
+		   (forward-line 1))
+		 (or (eobp)
+		     (forward-char 1))
+		 (beginning-of-defun)
+		 (if (progn (end-of-defun)
+			    (< location (point)))
+		     (progn
+		       (backward-sexp 1)
+		       (let (beg tem)
+
+			 (forward-line -1)
+			 ;; Skip back over typedefs of arglist.
+			 (while (and (not (bobp))
+				     (looking-at "[ \t\n]"))
+			   (forward-line -1))
+			 ;; See if this is using the DEFUN macro used in Emacs,
+			 ;; or the DEFUN macro used by the C library.
+			 (if (condition-case nil
+				 (and (save-excursion
+					(end-of-line)
+					(while (= (preceding-char) ?\\)
+					  (end-of-line 2))
+					(backward-sexp 1)
+					(beginning-of-line)
+					(setq tem (point))
+					(looking-at "DEFUN\\b"))
+				      (>= location tem))
+			       (error nil))
+			     (progn
+			       (goto-char tem)
+			       (down-list 1)
+			       (if (= (char-after (point)) ?\")
+				   (progn
+				     (forward-sexp 1)
+				     (skip-chars-forward " ,")))
+			       (buffer-substring (point)
+						 (progn (forward-sexp 1) (point))))
+                           (if (looking-at "^[+-]")
+                               (get-method-definition)
+                             ;; Ordinary C function syntax.
+                             (setq beg (point))
+                             (if (and (condition-case nil
+					  ;; Protect against "Unbalanced parens" error.
+					  (progn
+					    (down-list 1) ; into arglist
+					    (backward-up-list 1)
+					    (skip-chars-backward " \t")
+					    t)
+					(error nil))
+				      ;; Verify initial pos was after
+				      ;; real start of function.
+				      (save-excursion
+					(goto-char beg)
+					;; For this purpose, include the line
+					;; that has the decl keywords.  This
+					;; may also include some of the
+					;; comments before the function.
+					(while (and (not (bobp))
+						    (save-excursion
+						      (forward-line -1)
+						      (looking-at "[^\n\f]")))
+					  (forward-line -1))
+					(>= location (point)))
+                                          ;; Consistency check: going down and up
+                                          ;; shouldn't take us back before BEG.
+                                          (> (point) beg))
+				 (let (end middle)
+				   ;; Don't include any final newline
+				   ;; in the name we use.
+				   (if (= (preceding-char) ?\n)
+				       (forward-char -1))
+				   (setq end (point))
+				   (backward-sexp 1)
+				   ;; Now find the right beginning of the name.
+				   ;; Include certain keywords if they
+				   ;; precede the name.
+				   (setq middle (point))
+				   (forward-word -1)
+				   ;; Ignore these subparts of a class decl
+				   ;; and move back to the class name itself.
+				   (while (looking-at "public \\|private ")
+				     (skip-chars-backward " \t:")
+				     (setq end (point))
+				     (backward-sexp 1)
+				     (setq middle (point))
+				     (forward-word -1))
+				   (and (bolp)
+					(looking-at "struct \\|union \\|class ")
+					(setq middle (point)))
+				   (buffer-substring middle end)))))))))
+		((memq major-mode
+		       '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode;; tex-mode.el
+				  plain-tex-mode latex-mode;; cmutex.el
+				  ))
+		 (if (re-search-backward
+		      "\\\\\\(sub\\)*\\(section\\|paragraph\\|chapter\\)" nil t)
+		     (progn
+		       (goto-char (match-beginning 0))
+		       (buffer-substring (1+ (point));; without initial backslash
+					 (progn
+					   (end-of-line)
+					   (point))))))
+		((eq major-mode 'texinfo-mode)
+		 (if (re-search-backward "^@node[ \t]+\\([^,\n]+\\)" nil t)
+		     (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1)
+				       (match-end 1))))
+		((eq major-mode 'perl-mode)
+		 (if (re-search-backward "^sub[ \t]+\\([^ \t\n]+\\)" nil t)
+		     (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1)
+				       (match-end 1))))
+                ((eq major-mode 'fortran-mode)
+                 ;; must be inside function body for this to work
+                 (beginning-of-fortran-subprogram)
+                 (let ((case-fold-search t)) ; case-insensitive
+                   ;; search for fortran subprogram start
+                   (if (re-search-forward
+			 "^[ \t]*\\(program\\|subroutine\\|function\
+\\|[ \ta-z0-9*]*[ \t]+function\\)"
+			 nil t)
+                       (progn
+                         ;; move to EOL or before first left paren
+                         (if (re-search-forward "[(\n]" nil t)
+			     (progn (forward-char -1)
+				    (skip-chars-backward " \t"))
+			   (end-of-line))
+			 ;; Use the name preceding that.
+                         (buffer-substring (point)
+                                           (progn (forward-sexp -1)
+                                                  (point)))))))
+		(t
+		 ;; If all else fails, try heuristics
+		 (let (case-fold-search)
+		   (end-of-line)
+		   (if (re-search-backward add-log-current-defun-header-regexp
+					   (- (point) 10000)
+					   t)
+		       (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1)
+					 (match-end 1))))))))
+    (error nil)))
+
+(defvar get-method-definition-md)
+
+;; Subroutine used within get-method-definition.
+;; Add the last match in the buffer to the end of `md',
+;; followed by the string END; move to the end of that match.
+(defun get-method-definition-1 (end)
+  (setq get-method-definition-md
+	(concat get-method-definition-md 
+		(buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1))
+		end))
+  (goto-char (match-end 0)))
+
+;; For objective C, return the method name if we are in a method.
+(defun get-method-definition ()
+  (let ((get-method-definition-md "["))
+    (save-excursion
+      (if (re-search-backward "^@implementation\\s-*\\([A-Za-z_]*\\)" nil t)
+	  (get-method-definition-1 " ")))
+    (save-excursion
+      (cond
+       ((re-search-forward "^\\([-+]\\)[ \t\n\f\r]*\\(([^)]*)\\)?\\s-*" nil t)
+	(get-method-definition-1 "")
+	(while (not (looking-at "[{;]"))
+	  (looking-at
+	   "\\([A-Za-z_]*:?\\)\\s-*\\(([^)]*)\\)?[A-Za-z_]*[ \t\n\f\r]*")
+	  (get-method-definition-1 ""))
+	(concat get-method-definition-md "]"))))))
+
+
+(provide 'add-log)
+
+;;; add-log.el ends here
diff --git a/etc/add-log.vi b/etc/add-log.vi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efb8c77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/add-log.vi
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+Here is a vi macro to create entries in the recommended format for
+GDB's ChangeLogs.
+
+map  1GO:r !date '+\%Y-\%m-\%d'2GA  Jason Molenda  (:r !whoamikJxA@:r !hostnameA)kJxkddjO
	* 
k$
+
+It contains control and escape sequences, so don't just cut and paste it.
+You'll need to change the "Jason Molenda" bit, of course. :-)  Put this
+in your $HOME/.exrc and when you type control-X in move-around-mode,
+you'll have a changelog template inserted.
+
+--- Jason Molenda
diff --git a/etc/configbuild.ein b/etc/configbuild.ein
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a0e214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/configbuild.ein
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0
+%%Title: configbuild.fig
+%%Creator: fig2dev Version 3.1 Patchlevel 1
+%%CreationDate: Fri Jun 12 20:13:16 1998
+%%For: ian@tito.cygnus.com (Ian Lance Taylor)
+%%Orientation: Portrait
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 322 173
+%%Pages: 0
+%%BeginSetup
+%%IncludeFeature: *PageSize Letter
+%%EndSetup
+%%EndComments
+/$F2psDict 200 dict def
+$F2psDict begin
+$F2psDict /mtrx matrix put
+/col-1 {} def
+/col0 {0.000 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col1 {0.000 0.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
+/col2 {0.000 1.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col3 {0.000 1.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
+/col4 {1.000 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col5 {1.000 0.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
+/col6 {1.000 1.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col7 {1.000 1.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
+/col8 {0.000 0.000 0.560 srgb} bind def
+/col9 {0.000 0.000 0.690 srgb} bind def
+/col10 {0.000 0.000 0.820 srgb} bind def
+/col11 {0.530 0.810 1.000 srgb} bind def
+/col12 {0.000 0.560 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col13 {0.000 0.690 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col14 {0.000 0.820 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col15 {0.000 0.560 0.560 srgb} bind def
+/col16 {0.000 0.690 0.690 srgb} bind def
+/col17 {0.000 0.820 0.820 srgb} bind def
+/col18 {0.560 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col19 {0.690 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col20 {0.820 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col21 {0.560 0.000 0.560 srgb} bind def
+/col22 {0.690 0.000 0.690 srgb} bind def
+/col23 {0.820 0.000 0.820 srgb} bind def
+/col24 {0.500 0.190 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col25 {0.630 0.250 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col26 {0.750 0.380 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col27 {1.000 0.500 0.500 srgb} bind def
+/col28 {1.000 0.630 0.630 srgb} bind def
+/col29 {1.000 0.750 0.750 srgb} bind def
+/col30 {1.000 0.880 0.880 srgb} bind def
+/col31 {1.000 0.840 0.000 srgb} bind def
+
+end
+save
+-62.0 226.0 translate
+1 -1 scale
+
+/clp {closepath} bind def
+/ef {eofill} bind def
+/gr {grestore} bind def
+/gs {gsave} bind def
+/l {lineto} bind def
+/m {moveto} bind def
+/n {newpath} bind def
+/s {stroke} bind def
+/slc {setlinecap} bind def
+/slj {setlinejoin} bind def
+/slw {setlinewidth} bind def
+/srgb {setrgbcolor} bind def
+/rot {rotate} bind def
+/sc {scale} bind def
+/tr {translate} bind def
+/tnt {dup dup currentrgbcolor
+  4 -2 roll dup 1 exch sub 3 -1 roll mul add
+  4 -2 roll dup 1 exch sub 3 -1 roll mul add
+  4 -2 roll dup 1 exch sub 3 -1 roll mul add srgb}
+  bind def
+/shd {dup dup currentrgbcolor 4 -2 roll mul 4 -2 roll mul
+  4 -2 roll mul srgb} bind def
+/$F2psBegin {$F2psDict begin /$F2psEnteredState save def} def
+/$F2psEnd {$F2psEnteredState restore end} def
+%%EndProlog
+
+$F2psBegin
+10 setmiterlimit
+ 0.06000 0.06000 sc
+7.500 slw
+% Polyline
+n 1050 900 m 2100 900 l  2100 1425 l  1050 1425 l  clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 1500 1425 m 1500 2100 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 1530.00 1980.00 m 1500.00 2100.00 l 1470.00 1980.00 l  1500.50 1980.50 l 1530.00 1980.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 1500 2625 m 1500 3300 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 1530.00 3180.00 m 1500.00 3300.00 l 1470.00 3180.00 l  1500.50 3180.50 l 1530.00 3180.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 2925 900 m 3825 900 l  3825 1425 l  2925 1425 l  clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 1155 2100 m 1050 2100 1050 2520 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 1050 2625 2220 2625 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 2325 2625 2325 2205 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 2325 2100 1155 2100 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 2850 2100 m 4125 2100 l  4125 2625 l  2850 2625 l  clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 3375 1425 m 3375 2100 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 3405.00 1980.00 m 3375.00 2100.00 l 3345.00 1980.00 l  3375.50 1980.50 l 3405.00 1980.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 5100 900 m 6300 900 l  6300 1350 l  5100 1350 l  clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 5625 1350 m 5625 2100 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 5655.00 1980.00 m 5625.00 2100.00 l 5595.00 1980.00 l  5625.50 1980.50 l 5655.00 1980.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 5205 2100 m 5100 2100 5100 2520 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 5100 2625 6270 2625 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 6375 2625 6375 2205 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 6375 2100 5205 2100 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 5625 2625 m 5625 3300 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 5655.00 3180.00 m 5625.00 3300.00 l 5595.00 3180.00 l  5625.50 3180.50 l 5655.00 3180.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 5100 3300 m 6225 3300 l  6225 3750 l  5100 3750 l  clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+	[1 50.0] 50.000000 setdash
+n 2850 2400 m 2325 2400 l  gs col-1 s gr 	[] 0 setdash
+n 2445.00 2430.00 m 2325.00 2400.00 l 2445.00 2370.00 l  2445.50 2400.50 l 2445.00 2430.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+	[1 50.0] 50.000000 setdash
+n 4125 2400 m 5100 2400 l  gs col-1 s gr 	[] 0 setdash
+n 4980.00 2370.00 m 5100.00 2400.00 l 4980.00 2430.00 l  4980.50 2400.50 l 4980.00 2370.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 1050 3300 m 1950 3300 l  1950 3750 l  1050 3750 l  clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+1200 1200 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (config.in) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+3000 1200 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (configure) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+3000 2400 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (config.status) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+1200 2400 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (config.status) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+1200 3600 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (config.h) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+5250 1200 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (Makefile.in) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+5250 2400 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (config.status) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+5250 3600 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (Makefile) col-1 show gr
+$F2psEnd
+restore
diff --git a/etc/configbuild.fig b/etc/configbuild.fig
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..747592d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/configbuild.fig
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#FIG 3.1
+Portrait
+Center
+Inches
+1200 2
+2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
+	 1050 900 2100 900 2100 1425 1050 1425 1050 900
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 1500 1425 1500 2100
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 1500 2625 1500 3300
+2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
+	 2925 900 3825 900 3825 1425 2925 1425 2925 900
+2 4 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 7 0 0 5
+	 2325 2625 2325 2100 1050 2100 1050 2625 2325 2625
+2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
+	 2850 2100 4125 2100 4125 2625 2850 2625 2850 2100
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 3375 1425 3375 2100
+2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
+	 5100 900 6300 900 6300 1350 5100 1350 5100 900
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 5625 1350 5625 2100
+2 4 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 7 0 0 5
+	 6375 2625 6375 2100 5100 2100 5100 2625 6375 2625
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 5625 2625 5625 3300
+2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
+	 5100 3300 6225 3300 6225 3750 5100 3750 5100 3300
+2 1 2 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 3.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 2850 2400 2325 2400
+2 1 2 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 3.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 4125 2400 5100 2400
+2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
+	 1050 3300 1950 3300 1950 3750 1050 3750 1050 3300
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 645 1200 1200 config.in\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 705 3000 1200 configure\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 990 3000 2400 config.status\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 990 1200 2400 config.status\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 600 1200 3600 config.h\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 855 5250 1200 Makefile.in\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 990 5250 2400 config.status\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 675 5250 3600 Makefile\001
diff --git a/etc/configbuild.jin b/etc/configbuild.jin
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44cd939
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/configbuild.jin
diff --git a/etc/configbuild.tin b/etc/configbuild.tin
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfdd6fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/configbuild.tin
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+   config.in        *configure*      Makefile.in
+      |                  |               |
+      |                  v               |
+      |             config.status        |
+      |                  |               |
+   *config.status*<======+==========>*config.status*
+      |                                  |
+      v                                  v
+   config.h                          Makefile
diff --git a/etc/configdev.ein b/etc/configdev.ein
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f83785
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/configdev.ein
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0
+%%Title: configdev.fig
+%%Creator: fig2dev Version 3.1 Patchlevel 1
+%%CreationDate: Mon Jun 15 17:35:19 1998
+%%For: ian@tito.cygnus.com (Ian Lance Taylor)
+%%Orientation: Portrait
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 344 317
+%%Pages: 0
+%%BeginSetup
+%%IncludeFeature: *PageSize Letter
+%%EndSetup
+%%EndComments
+/$F2psDict 200 dict def
+$F2psDict begin
+$F2psDict /mtrx matrix put
+/col-1 {} def
+/col0 {0.000 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col1 {0.000 0.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
+/col2 {0.000 1.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col3 {0.000 1.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
+/col4 {1.000 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col5 {1.000 0.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
+/col6 {1.000 1.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col7 {1.000 1.000 1.000 srgb} bind def
+/col8 {0.000 0.000 0.560 srgb} bind def
+/col9 {0.000 0.000 0.690 srgb} bind def
+/col10 {0.000 0.000 0.820 srgb} bind def
+/col11 {0.530 0.810 1.000 srgb} bind def
+/col12 {0.000 0.560 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col13 {0.000 0.690 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col14 {0.000 0.820 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col15 {0.000 0.560 0.560 srgb} bind def
+/col16 {0.000 0.690 0.690 srgb} bind def
+/col17 {0.000 0.820 0.820 srgb} bind def
+/col18 {0.560 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col19 {0.690 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col20 {0.820 0.000 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col21 {0.560 0.000 0.560 srgb} bind def
+/col22 {0.690 0.000 0.690 srgb} bind def
+/col23 {0.820 0.000 0.820 srgb} bind def
+/col24 {0.500 0.190 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col25 {0.630 0.250 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col26 {0.750 0.380 0.000 srgb} bind def
+/col27 {1.000 0.500 0.500 srgb} bind def
+/col28 {1.000 0.630 0.630 srgb} bind def
+/col29 {1.000 0.750 0.750 srgb} bind def
+/col30 {1.000 0.880 0.880 srgb} bind def
+/col31 {1.000 0.840 0.000 srgb} bind def
+
+end
+save
+-62.0 370.0 translate
+1 -1 scale
+
+/clp {closepath} bind def
+/ef {eofill} bind def
+/gr {grestore} bind def
+/gs {gsave} bind def
+/l {lineto} bind def
+/m {moveto} bind def
+/n {newpath} bind def
+/s {stroke} bind def
+/slc {setlinecap} bind def
+/slj {setlinejoin} bind def
+/slw {setlinewidth} bind def
+/srgb {setrgbcolor} bind def
+/rot {rotate} bind def
+/sc {scale} bind def
+/tr {translate} bind def
+/tnt {dup dup currentrgbcolor
+  4 -2 roll dup 1 exch sub 3 -1 roll mul add
+  4 -2 roll dup 1 exch sub 3 -1 roll mul add
+  4 -2 roll dup 1 exch sub 3 -1 roll mul add srgb}
+  bind def
+/shd {dup dup currentrgbcolor 4 -2 roll mul 4 -2 roll mul
+  4 -2 roll mul srgb} bind def
+/$F2psBegin {$F2psDict begin /$F2psEnteredState save def} def
+/$F2psEnd {$F2psEnteredState restore end} def
+%%EndProlog
+
+$F2psBegin
+10 setmiterlimit
+ 0.06000 0.06000 sc
+7.500 slw
+% Polyline
+n 1050 900 m 2100 900 l  2100 1425 l  1050 1425 l  clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 2925 900 m 3975 900 l  3975 1425 l  2925 1425 l  clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 5550 900 m 6750 900 l  6750 1350 l  5550 1350 l  clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 3750 1800 m 5025 1800 l  5025 2250 l  3750 2250 l  clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 1155 2100 m 1050 2100 1050 2520 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 1050 2625 2070 2625 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 2175 2625 2175 2205 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 2175 2100 1155 2100 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 5550 3300 m 6675 3300 l  6675 3750 l  5550 3750 l  clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 5655 2100 m 5550 2100 5550 2520 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 5550 2625 6495 2625 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 6600 2625 6600 2205 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 6600 2100 5655 2100 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 3750 3600 m 4875 3600 l  4875 4050 l  3750 4050 l  clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 3855 2700 m 3750 2700 3750 3045 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 3750 3150 4545 3150 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 4650 3150 4650 2805 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 4650 2700 3855 2700 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 2850 5700 m 3750 5700 l  3750 6150 l  2850 6150 l  clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 3030 4800 m 2925 4800 2925 5145 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 2925 5250 3645 5250 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 3750 5250 3750 4905 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat 3750 4800 3030 4800 105 arcto 4 {pop} repeat clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 1500 1425 m 1500 2100 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 1530.00 1980.00 m 1500.00 2100.00 l 1470.00 1980.00 l  1500.50 1980.50 l 1530.00 1980.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 3300 1425 m 3300 4800 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 3330.00 4680.00 m 3300.00 4800.00 l 3270.00 4680.00 l  3300.50 4680.50 l 3330.00 4680.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 3300 1575 m 1875 1575 l  1875 2100 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 1905.00 1980.00 m 1875.00 2100.00 l 1845.00 1980.00 l  1875.50 1980.50 l 1905.00 1980.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 3300 1575 m 5700 1575 l  5700 2100 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 5730.00 1980.00 m 5700.00 2100.00 l 5670.00 1980.00 l  5700.50 1980.50 l 5730.00 1980.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 6225 1350 m 6225 2100 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 6255.00 1980.00 m 6225.00 2100.00 l 6195.00 1980.00 l  6225.50 1980.50 l 6255.00 1980.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 6075 2625 m 6075 3300 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 6105.00 3180.00 m 6075.00 3300.00 l 6045.00 3180.00 l  6075.50 3180.50 l 6105.00 3180.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 4200 2250 m 4200 2700 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 4230.00 2580.00 m 4200.00 2700.00 l 4170.00 2580.00 l  4200.50 2580.50 l 4230.00 2580.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 4200 3150 m 4200 3600 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 4230.00 3480.00 m 4200.00 3600.00 l 4170.00 3480.00 l  4200.50 3480.50 l 4230.00 3480.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 4200 4050 m 4200 4500 l  3675 4500 l  3675 4800 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 3705.00 4680.00 m 3675.00 4800.00 l 3645.00 4680.00 l  3675.50 4680.50 l 3705.00 4680.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 3375 5250 m 3375 5700 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 3405.00 5580.00 m 3375.00 5700.00 l 3345.00 5580.00 l  3375.50 5580.50 l 3405.00 5580.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 3300 2925 m 3750 2925 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 3630.00 2895.00 m 3750.00 2925.00 l 3630.00 2955.00 l  3630.50 2925.50 l 3630.00 2895.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 1500 2625 m 1500 3300 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 1530.00 3180.00 m 1500.00 3300.00 l 1470.00 3180.00 l  1500.50 3180.50 l 1530.00 3180.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+% Polyline
+n 1050 3300 m 2100 3300 l  2100 3750 l  1050 3750 l  clp  gs col-1 s gr 
+% Polyline
+n 4875 3825 m 5250 3825 l  5250 2400 l  5550 2400 l  gs col-1 s gr 
+n 5430.00 2370.00 m 5550.00 2400.00 l 5430.00 2430.00 l  5430.50 2400.50 l 5430.00 2370.00 l clp gs 0.00 setgray ef gr gs col-1 s gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+1200 1200 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (acconfig.h) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+3000 1200 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (configure.in) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+5700 1200 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (Makefile.am) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+3900 2100 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (acinclude.m4) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+1200 2400 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (autoheader) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+1200 3600 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (config.in) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+5700 3600 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (Makefile.in) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+5700 2400 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (automake) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+3900 3900 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (aclocal.m4) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+3900 3000 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (aclocal) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+3000 6000 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (configure) col-1 show gr
+/Times-Roman findfont 180.00 scalefont setfont
+3000 5100 m
+gs 1 -1 sc (autoconf) col-1 show gr
+$F2psEnd
+restore
diff --git a/etc/configdev.fig b/etc/configdev.fig
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d386ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/configdev.fig
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+#FIG 3.1
+Portrait
+Center
+Inches
+1200 2
+2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
+	 1050 900 2100 900 2100 1425 1050 1425 1050 900
+2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
+	 2925 900 3975 900 3975 1425 2925 1425 2925 900
+2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
+	 5550 900 6750 900 6750 1350 5550 1350 5550 900
+2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
+	 3750 1800 5025 1800 5025 2250 3750 2250 3750 1800
+2 4 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 7 0 0 5
+	 2175 2625 2175 2100 1050 2100 1050 2625 2175 2625
+2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
+	 5550 3300 6675 3300 6675 3750 5550 3750 5550 3300
+2 4 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 7 0 0 5
+	 6600 2625 6600 2100 5550 2100 5550 2625 6600 2625
+2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
+	 3750 3600 4875 3600 4875 4050 3750 4050 3750 3600
+2 4 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 7 0 0 5
+	 4650 3150 4650 2700 3750 2700 3750 3150 4650 3150
+2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
+	 2850 5700 3750 5700 3750 6150 2850 6150 2850 5700
+2 4 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 7 0 0 5
+	 3750 5250 3750 4800 2925 4800 2925 5250 3750 5250
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 1500 1425 1500 2100
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 3300 1425 3300 4800
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 3
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 3300 1575 1875 1575 1875 2100
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 3
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 3300 1575 5700 1575 5700 2100
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 6225 1350 6225 2100
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 6075 2625 6075 3300
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 4200 2250 4200 2700
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 4200 3150 4200 3600
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 4
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 4200 4050 4200 4500 3675 4500 3675 4800
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 3375 5250 3375 5700
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 3300 2925 3750 2925
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 1500 2625 1500 3300
+2 2 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 5
+	 1050 3300 2100 3300 2100 3750 1050 3750 1050 3300
+2 1 0 1 -1 7 0 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 4
+	1 1 1.00 60.00 120.00
+	 4875 3825 5250 3825 5250 2400 5550 2400
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 780 1200 1200 acconfig.h\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 885 3000 1200 configure.in\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 945 5700 1200 Makefile.am\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 990 3900 2100 acinclude.m4\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 840 1200 2400 autoheader\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 645 1200 3600 config.in\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 855 5700 3600 Makefile.in\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 735 5700 2400 automake\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 810 3900 3900 aclocal.m4\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 540 3900 3000 aclocal\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 180 705 3000 6000 configure\001
+4 0 -1 0 0 0 12 0.0000000 4 135 660 3000 5100 autoconf\001
diff --git a/etc/configdev.jin b/etc/configdev.jin
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b11a71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/configdev.jin
diff --git a/etc/configdev.tin b/etc/configdev.tin
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9b6f34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/configdev.tin
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+   acconfig.h       configure.in                 Makefile.am
+       |                |                           |
+       |  --------------+----------------------     |
+       |  |             |                     |     |
+       v  v             |    acinclude.m4     |     |
+   *autoheader*         |         |           v     v
+       |                |         v      --->*automake* 
+       v                |--->*aclocal*   |       |      
+   config.in            |         |      |       v      
+                        |         v      |   Makefile.in
+                        |    aclocal.m4---
+                        |     |
+                        v     v
+                       *autoconf*
+                           |
+                           v
+                       configure
diff --git a/etc/configure b/etc/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..101fcef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,862 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12.1 
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+  *) ac_optarg= ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+    cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
+  --help                  print this message
+  --no-create             do not create output files
+  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
+  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [same as prefix]
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+                          run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+    cat << EOF
+Host type:
+  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
+  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+    if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+      echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+    fi
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12.1"
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+    fi
+    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    nonopt="$ac_option"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+  exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+  case "$ac_arg" in
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set.  These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}"    = set; then LC_CTYPE=C;    export LC_CTYPE;    fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=Makefile.in
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_prog=$0
+  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  else
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+  . $cache_file
+else
+  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+  > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+    ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t='	'
+  else
+    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do
+  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:555: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+    case "$ac_dir/" in
+    /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+    *)
+      # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+      # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+      # by default.
+      for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+        if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+            grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+	    break 2
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
+    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the path is relative.
+    INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+  case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1 | grep ac_space` in
+  *ac_space=\ *)
+    # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+    # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+    sed -n \
+      -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+      -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+    sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+    ;;
+  esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+  :
+else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache > $cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g
+s%[ 	`~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g
+s%\[%\\&%g
+s%\]%\\&%g
+s%\$%$$%g
+EOF
+DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '`
+rm -f conftest.defs
+
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+  case "\$ac_option" in
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12.1"
+    exit 0 ;;
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+  if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+    sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  fi
+  if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+    ac_more_lines=false
+    rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+      ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    else
+      ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    fi
+    ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+    ac_beg=$ac_end
+    ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+  ac_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+    # The file is in a subdirectory.
+    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  else
+    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+  .)  srcdir=.
+      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
+  [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  esac
+
+  echo creating "$ac_file"
+  rm -f "$ac_file"
+  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+  *) ac_comsub= ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+
diff --git a/etc/configure.in b/etc/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b785068
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+AC_PREREQ(2.5)
+AC_INIT(Makefile.in)
+
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
diff --git a/etc/configure.texi b/etc/configure.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9140167
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/configure.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,2644 @@
+\input texinfo
+@c %**start of header
+@setfilename configure.info
+@settitle The GNU configure and build system
+@setchapternewpage off
+@c %**end of header
+
+@dircategory GNU admin
+@direntry
+* configure: (configure).	The GNU configure and build system
+@end direntry
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents the GNU configure and build system.
+
+Copyright (C) 1998 Cygnus Solutions.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Foundation.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@titlepage
+@title The GNU configure and build system
+@author Ian Lance Taylor
+
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1998 Cygnus Solutions
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
+approved by the Free Software Foundation.
+@end titlepage
+
+@ifinfo
+@node Top
+@top GNU configure and build system
+
+The GNU configure and build system.
+
+@menu
+* Introduction::		Introduction.
+* Getting Started::		Getting Started.
+* Files::			Files.
+* Configuration Names::		Configuration Names.
+* Cross Compilation Tools::	Cross Compilation Tools.
+* Canadian Cross::		Canadian Cross.
+* Cygnus Configure::		Cygnus Configure.
+* Multilibs::			Multilibs.
+* FAQ::				Frequently Asked Questions.
+* Index::			Index.
+@end menu
+
+@end ifinfo
+
+@node Introduction
+@chapter Introduction
+
+This document describes the GNU configure and build systems.  It
+describes how autoconf, automake, libtool, and make fit together.  It
+also includes a discussion of the older Cygnus configure system.
+
+This document does not describe in detail how to use each of the tools;
+see the respective manuals for that.  Instead, it describes which files
+the developer must write, which files are machine generated and how they
+are generated, and where certain common problems should be addressed.
+
+@ifnothtml
+This document draws on several sources, including the autoconf manual by
+David MacKenzie (@pxref{Top, , autoconf overview, autoconf, Autoconf}),
+the automake manual by David MacKenzie and Tom Tromey (@pxref{Top, ,
+automake overview, automake, GNU Automake}), the libtool manual by
+Gordon Matzigkeit (@pxref{Top, , libtool overview, libtool, GNU
+libtool}), and the Cygnus configure manual by K. Richard Pixley.
+@end ifnothtml
+@ifhtml
+This document draws on several sources, including
+@uref{http://www.delorie.com/gnu/docs/autoconf/autoconf_toc.html, the
+autoconf manual} by David MacKenzie,
+@uref{http://www.delorie.com/gnu/docs/automake/automake_toc.html, the
+automake manual} by David MacKenzie and Tom Tromey,
+@uref{http://www.delorie.com/gnu/docs/libtool/libtool_toc.html, the
+libtool manual} by Gordon Matzigkeit, and the Cygnus configure manual by
+K. Richard Pixley.
+@end ifhtml
+
+@menu
+* Goals::			Goals.
+* Tools::			The tools.
+* History::			History.
+* Building::			Building.
+@end menu
+
+@node Goals
+@section Goals
+@cindex goals
+
+The GNU configure and build system has two main goals.
+
+The first is to simplify the development of portable programs.  The
+system permits the developer to concentrate on writing the program,
+simplifying many details of portability across Unix and even Windows
+systems, and permitting the developer to describe how to build the
+program using simple rules rather than complex Makefiles.
+
+The second is to simplify the building of programs distributed as source
+code.  All programs are built using a simple, standardized, two step
+process.  The program builder need not install any special tools in
+order to build the program.
+
+@node Tools
+@section Tools
+
+The GNU configure and build system is comprised of several different
+tools.  Program developers must build and install all of these tools.
+
+People who just want to build programs from distributed sources normally
+do not need any special tools beyond a Unix shell, a make program, and a
+C compiler.
+
+@table @asis
+@item autoconf
+provides a general portability framework, based on testing the features
+of the host system at build time.
+@item automake
+a system for describing how to build a program, permitting the developer
+to write a simplified @file{Makefile}.
+@item libtool
+a standardized approach to building shared libraries.
+@item gettext
+provides a framework for translation of text messages into other
+languages; not really discussed in this document.
+@item m4
+autoconf requires the GNU version of m4; the standard Unix m4 does not
+suffice.
+@item perl
+automake requires perl.
+@end table
+
+@node History
+@section History
+@cindex history
+
+This is a very brief and probably inaccurate history.
+
+As the number of Unix variants increased during the 1980s, it became
+harder to write programs which could run on all variants.  While it was
+often possible to use @code{#ifdef} to identify particular systems,
+developers frequently did not have access to every system, and the
+characteristics of some systems changed from version to version.
+
+By 1992, at least three different approaches had been developed:
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The Metaconfig program, by Larry Wall, Harlan Stenn, and Raphael
+Manfredi.
+@item
+The Cygnus configure script, by K. Richard Pixley, and the gcc configure
+script, by Richard Stallman.  These use essentially the same approach,
+and the developers communicated regularly.
+@item
+The autoconf program, by David MacKenzie.
+@end itemize
+
+The Metaconfig program is still used for Perl and a few other programs.
+It is part of the Dist package.  I do not know if it is being developed.
+
+In 1994, David MacKenzie and others modified autoconf to incorporate all
+the features of Cygnus configure.  Since then, there has been a slow but
+steady conversion of GNU programs from Cygnus configure to autoconf. gcc
+has been converted, eliminating the gcc configure script.
+
+GNU autoconf was regularly maintained until late 1996.  As of this
+writing in June, 1998, it has no public maintainer.
+
+Most programs are built using the make program, which requires the
+developer to write Makefiles describing how to build the programs.
+Since most programs are built in pretty much the same way, this led to a
+lot of duplication.
+
+The X Window system is built using the imake tool, which uses a database
+of rules to eliminate the duplication.  However, building a tool which
+was developed using imake requires that the builder have imake
+installed, violating one of the goals of the GNU system.
+
+The new BSD make provides a standard library of Makefile fragments,
+which permits developers to write very simple Makefiles.  However, this
+requires that the builder install the new BSD make program.
+
+In 1994, David MacKenzie wrote the first version of automake, which
+permitted writing a simple build description which was converted into a
+Makefile which could be used by the standard make program.  In 1995, Tom
+Tromey completely rewrote automake in Perl, and he continues to enhance
+it.
+
+Various free packages built libraries, and by around 1995 several
+included support to build shared libraries on various platforms.
+However, there was no consistent approach.  In early 1996, Gordon
+Matzigkeit began working on libtool, which provided a standardized
+approach to building shared libraries.  This was integrated into
+automake from the start.
+
+The development of automake and libtool was driven by the GNITS project,
+a group of GNU maintainers who designed standardized tools to help meet
+the GNU coding standards.
+
+@node Building
+@section Building
+
+Most readers of this document should already know how to build a tool by
+running @samp{configure} and @samp{make}.  This section may serve as a
+quick introduction or reminder.
+
+Building a tool is normally as simple as running @samp{configure}
+followed by @samp{make}.  You should normally run @samp{configure} from
+an empty directory, using some path to refer to the @samp{configure}
+script in the source directory.  The directory in which you run
+@samp{configure} is called the @dfn{object directory}.
+
+In order to use a object directory which is different from the source
+directory, you must be using the GNU version of @samp{make}, which has
+the required @samp{VPATH} support.  Despite this restriction, using a
+different object directory is highly recommended:
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+It keeps the files generated during the build from cluttering up your
+sources.
+@item 
+It permits you to remove the built files by simply removing the entire
+build directory.
+@item
+It permits you to build from the same sources with several sets of
+configure options simultaneously.
+@end itemize
+
+If you don't have GNU @samp{make}, you will have to run @samp{configure}
+in the source directory.  All GNU packages should support this; in
+particular, GNU packages should not assume the presence of GNU
+@samp{make}.
+
+After running @samp{configure}, you can build the tools by running
+@samp{make}.
+
+To install the tools, run @samp{make install}.  Installing the tools
+will copy the programs and any required support files to the
+@dfn{installation directory}.  The location of the installation
+directory is controlled by @samp{configure} options, as described below.
+
+In the Cygnus tree at present, the info files are built and installed as
+a separate step.  To build them, run @samp{make info}.  To install them,
+run @samp{make install-info}.
+
+All @samp{configure} scripts support a wide variety of options.  The
+most interesting ones are @samp{--with} and @samp{--enable} options
+which are generally specific to particular tools.  You can usually use
+the @samp{--help} option to get a list of interesting options for a
+particular configure script.
+
+The only generic options you are likely to use are the @samp{--prefix}
+and @samp{--exec-prefix} options.  These options are used to specify the
+installation directory.
+
+The directory named by the @samp{--prefix} option will hold machine
+independent files such as info files.
+
+The directory named by the @samp{--exec-prefix} option, which is
+normally a subdirectory of the @samp{--prefix} directory, will hold
+machine dependent files such as executables.
+
+The default for @samp{--prefix} is @file{/usr/local}.  The default for
+@samp{--exec-prefix} is the value used for @samp{--prefix}.
+
+The convention used in Cygnus releases is to use a @samp{--prefix}
+option of @file{/usr/cygnus/@var{release}}, where @var{release} is the
+name of the release, and to use a @samp{--exec-prefix} option of
+@file{/usr/cygnus/@var{release}/H-@var{host}}, where @var{host} is the
+configuration name of the host system (@pxref{Configuration Names}).
+
+Do not use either the source or the object directory as the installation
+directory.  That will just lead to confusion.
+
+@node Getting Started
+@chapter Getting Started
+
+To start using the GNU configure and build system with your software
+package, you must write three files, and you must run some tools to
+manually generate additional files.
+
+@menu
+* Write configure.in::		Write configure.in.
+* Write Makefile.am::		Write Makefile.am.
+* Write acconfig.h::		Write acconfig.h.
+* Generate files::		Generate files.
+* Getting Started Example::	Example.
+@end menu
+
+@node Write configure.in
+@section Write configure.in
+@cindex @file{configure.in}, writing
+
+You must first write the file @file{configure.in}.  This is an autoconf
+input file, and the autoconf manual describes in detail what this file
+should look like.
+
+You will write tests in your @file{configure.in} file to check for
+conditions that may change from one system to another, such as the
+presence of particular header files or functions.
+
+For example, not all systems support the @samp{gettimeofday} function.
+If you want to use the @samp{gettimeofday} function when it is
+available, and to use some other function when it is not, you would
+check for this by putting @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gettimeofday)} in
+@file{configure.in}.
+
+When the configure script is run at build time, this will arrange to
+define the preprocessor macro @samp{HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY} to the value 1 if
+the @samp{gettimeofday} function is available, and to not define the
+macro at all if the function is not available.  Your code can then use
+@samp{#ifdef} to test whether it is safe to call @samp{gettimeofday}.
+
+If you have an existing body of code, the @samp{autoscan} program may
+help identify potential portability problems, and hence configure tests
+that you will want to use.
+@ifnothtml
+@xref{Invoking autoscan, , , autoconf, the autoconf manual}.
+@end ifnothtml
+@ifhtml
+See @uref{http://www.delorie.com/gnu/docs/autoconf/autoconf_4.html, the
+autoscan documentation}.
+@end ifhtml
+
+Another handy tool for an existing body of code is @samp{ifnames}.  This
+will show you all the preprocessor conditionals that the code already
+uses.
+@ifnothtml
+@xref{Invoking ifnames, , , autoconf, the autoconf manual}.
+@end ifnothtml
+@ifhtml
+See @uref{http://www.delorie.com/gnu/docs/autoconf/autoconf_5.html, the
+ifnames documentation}.
+@end ifhtml
+
+Besides the portability tests which are specific to your particular
+package, every @file{configure.in} file should contain the following
+macros.
+
+@table @samp
+@item AC_INIT
+@cindex @samp{AC_INIT}
+This macro takes a single argument, which is the name of a file in your
+package.  For example, @samp{AC_INIT(foo.c)}.
+
+@item AC_PREREQ(@var{VERSION})
+@cindex @samp{AC_PREREQ}
+This macro is optional.  It may be used to indicate the version of
+@samp{autoconf} that you are using.  This will prevent users from
+running an earlier version of @samp{autoconf} and perhaps getting an
+invalid @file{configure} script.  For example, @samp{AC_PREREQ(2.12)}.
+
+@item AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
+@cindex @samp{AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE}
+This macro takes two arguments: the name of the package, and a version
+number.  For example, @samp{AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(foo, 1.0)}.  (This macro is
+not needed if you are not using automake).
+
+@item AM_CONFIG_HEADER
+@cindex @samp{AM_CONFIG_HEADER}
+This macro names the header file which will hold the preprocessor macro
+definitions at run time.  Normally this should be @file{config.h}.  Your
+sources would then use @samp{#include "config.h"} to include it.
+
+This macro may optionally name the input file for that header file; by
+default, this is @file{config.h.in}, but that file name works poorly on
+DOS filesystems.  Therefore, it is often better to name it explicitly as
+@file{config.in}.
+
+This is what you should normally put in @file{configure.in}:
+@example
+AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.in)
+@end example
+
+@cindex @samp{AC_CONFIG_HEADER}
+(If you are not using automake, use @samp{AC_CONFIG_HEADER} rather than
+@samp{AM_CONFIG_HEADER}).
+
+@item AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
+@cindex @samp{AM_MAINTAINER_MODE}
+This macro always appears in Cygnus configure scripts.  Other programs
+may or may not use it.
+
+If this macro is used, the @samp{--enable-maintainer-mode} option is
+required to enable automatic rebuilding of generated files used by the
+configure system.  This of course requires that developers be aware of,
+and use, that option.
+
+If this macro is not used, then the generated files will always be
+rebuilt automatically.  This will cause problems if the wrong versions
+of autoconf, automake, or others are in the builder's @samp{PATH}.
+
+(If you are not using automake, you do not need to use this macro).
+
+@item AC_EXEEXT
+@cindex @samp{AC_EXEEXT}
+@cindex @samp{AM_EXEEXT}
+Either this macro or @samp{AM_EXEEXT} always appears in Cygnus configure
+files.  Other programs may or may not use one of them.
+
+This macro looks for the executable suffix used on the host system.  On
+Unix systems, this is the empty string.  On Windows systems, this is
+@samp{.exe}.  This macro directs automake to use the executable suffix
+as appropriate when creating programs.  This macro does not take any
+arguments.
+
+The @samp{AC_EXEEXT} form is new, and is part of a Cygnus patch to
+autoconf to support compiling with Visual C++.  Older programs use
+@samp{AM_EXEEXT} instead.
+
+(Programs which do not use automake use neither @samp{AC_EXEEXT} nor
+@samp{AM_EXEEXT}).
+
+@item AC_PROG_CC
+@cindex @samp{AC_PROG_CC}
+If you are writing C code, you will normally want to use this macro.  It
+locates the C compiler to use.  It does not take any arguments.
+
+However, if this @file{configure.in} file is for a library which is to
+be compiled by a cross compiler which may not fully work, then you will
+not want to use @samp{AC_PROG_CC}.  Instead, you will want to use a
+variant which does not call the macro @samp{AC_PROG_CC_WORKS}.  Examples
+can be found in various @file{configure.in} files for libraries that are
+compiled with cross compilers, such as libiberty or libgloss.  This is
+essentially a bug in autoconf, and there will probably be a better
+workaround at some point.
+
+@item AC_PROG_CXX
+@cindex @samp{AC_PROG_CXX}
+If you are writing C++ code, you will want to use this macro.  It
+locates the C++ compiler to use.  It does not take any arguments.  The
+same cross compiler comments apply as for @samp{AC_PROG_CC}.
+
+@item AM_PROG_LIBTOOL
+@cindex @samp{AM_PROG_LIBTOOL}
+If you want to build libraries, and you want to permit them to be
+shared, or you want to link against libraries which were built using
+libtool, then you will need this macro.  This macro is required in order
+to use libtool.
+
+@cindex @samp{AM_DISABLE_SHARED}
+By default, this will cause all libraries to be built as shared
+libraries.  To prevent this--to change the default--use
+@samp{AM_DISABLE_SHARED} before @samp{AM_PROG_LIBTOOL}.  The configure
+options @samp{--enable-shared} and @samp{--disable-shared} may be used
+to override the default at build time.
+
+@item AC_DEFINE(_GNU_SOURCE)
+@cindex @samp{_GNU_SOURCE}
+GNU packages should normally include this line before any other feature
+tests.  This defines the macro @samp{_GNU_SOURCE} when compiling, which
+directs the libc header files to provide the standard GNU system
+interfaces including all GNU extensions.  If this macro is not defined,
+certain GNU extensions may not be available.
+
+@item AC_OUTPUT
+@cindex @samp{AC_OUTPUT}
+This macro takes a list of file names which the configure process should
+produce.  This is normally a list of one or more @file{Makefile} files
+in different directories.  If your package lives entirely in a single
+directory, you would use simply @samp{AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)}.  If you also
+have, for example, a @file{lib} subdirectory, you would use
+@samp{AC_OUTPUT(Makefile lib/Makefile)}.
+@end table
+
+If you want to use locally defined macros in your @file{configure.in}
+file, then you will need to write a @file{acinclude.m4} file which
+defines them (if not using automake, this file is called
+@file{aclocal.m4}).  Alternatively, you can put separate macros in an
+@file{m4} subdirectory, and put @samp{ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4} in your
+@file{Makefile.am} file so that the @samp{aclocal} program will be able
+to find them.
+
+The different macro prefixes indicate which tool defines the macro.
+Macros which start with @samp{AC_} are part of autoconf.  Macros which
+start with @samp{AM_} are provided by automake or libtool.
+
+@node Write Makefile.am
+@section Write Makefile.am
+@cindex @file{Makefile.am}, writing
+
+You must write the file @file{Makefile.am}.  This is an automake input
+file, and the automake manual describes in detail what this file should
+look like.
+
+The automake commands in @file{Makefile.am} mostly look like variable
+assignments in a @file{Makefile}.  automake recognizes special variable
+names, and automatically add make rules to the output as needed.
+
+There will be one @file{Makefile.am} file for each directory in your
+package.  For each directory with subdirectories, the @file{Makefile.am}
+file should contain the line
+@smallexample
+SUBDIRS = @var{dir} @var{dir} @dots{}
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+where each @var{dir} is the name of a subdirectory.
+
+For each @file{Makefile.am}, there should be a corresponding
+@file{Makefile} in the @samp{AC_OUTPUT} macro in @file{configure.in}.
+
+Every @file{Makefile.am} written at Cygnus should contain the line
+@smallexample
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = cygnus
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+This puts automake into Cygnus mode.  See the automake manual for
+details.
+
+You may to include the version number of @samp{automake} that you are
+using on the @samp{AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS} line.  For example,
+@smallexample
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = cygnus 1.3
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+This will prevent users from running an earlier version of
+@samp{automake} and perhaps getting an invalid @file{Makefile.in}.
+
+If your package builds a program, then in the directory where that
+program is built you will normally want a line like
+@smallexample
+bin_PROGRAMS = @var{program}
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+where @var{program} is the name of the program.  You will then want a
+line like
+@smallexample
+@var{program}_SOURCES = @var{file} @var{file} @dots{}
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+where each @var{file} is the name of a source file to link into the
+program (e.g., @samp{foo.c}).
+
+If your package builds a library, and you do not want the library to
+ever be built as a shared library, then in the directory where that
+library is built you will normally want a line like
+@smallexample
+lib_LIBRARIES = lib@var{name}.a
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+where @samp{lib@var{name}.a} is the name of the library.  You will then
+want a line like
+@smallexample
+lib@var{name}_a_SOURCES = @var{file} @var{file} @dots{}
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+where each @var{file} is the name of a source file to add to the
+library.
+
+If your package builds a library, and you want to permit building the
+library as a shared library, then in the directory where that library is
+built you will normally want a line like
+@smallexample
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = lib@var{name}.la
+@end smallexample
+The use of @samp{LTLIBRARIES}, and the @samp{.la} extension, indicate a
+library to be built using libtool.  As usual, you will then want a line
+like
+@smallexample
+lib@var{name}_la_SOURCES = @var{file} @var{file} @dots{}
+@end smallexample
+
+The strings @samp{bin} and @samp{lib} that appear above in
+@samp{bin_PROGRAMS} and @samp{lib_LIBRARIES} are not arbitrary.  They
+refer to particular directories, which may be set by the @samp{--bindir}
+and @samp{--libdir} options to @file{configure}.  If those options are
+not used, the default values are based on the @samp{--prefix} or
+@samp{--exec-prefix} options to @file{configure}.  It is possible to use
+other names if the program or library should be installed in some other
+directory.
+
+The @file{Makefile.am} file may also contain almost anything that may
+appear in a normal @file{Makefile}.  automake also supports many other
+special variables, as well as conditionals.
+
+See the automake manual for more information.
+
+@node Write acconfig.h
+@section Write acconfig.h
+@cindex @file{acconfig.h}, writing
+
+If you are generating a portability header file, (i.e., you are using
+@samp{AM_CONFIG_HEADER} in @file{configure.in}), then you will have to
+write a @file{acconfig.h} file.  It will have to contain the following
+lines.
+
+@smallexample
+/* Name of package.  */
+#undef PACKAGE
+
+/* Version of package.  */
+#undef VERSION
+@end smallexample
+
+This requirement is really a bug in the system, and the requirement may
+be eliminated at some later date.
+
+The @file{acconfig.h} file will also similar comment and @samp{#undef}
+lines for any unusual macros in the @file{configure.in} file, including
+any macro which appears in a @samp{AC_DEFINE} macro.
+
+In particular, if you are writing a GNU package and therefore include
+@samp{AC_DEFINE(_GNU_SOURCE)} in @file{configure.in} as suggested above,
+you will need lines like this in @file{acconfig.h}:
+@smallexample
+/* Enable GNU extensions.  */
+#undef _GNU_SOURCE
+@end smallexample
+
+Normally the @samp{autoheader} program will inform you of any such
+requirements by printing an error message when it is run.  However, if
+you do anything particular odd in your @file{configure.in} file, you
+will have to make sure that the right entries appear in
+@file{acconfig.h}, since otherwise the results of the tests may not be
+available in the @file{config.h} file which your code will use.
+
+(Thee @samp{PACKAGE} and @samp{VERSION} lines are not required if you
+are not using automake, and in that case you may not need a
+@file{acconfig.h} file at all).
+
+@node Generate files
+@section Generate files
+
+Once you have written @file{configure.in}, @file{Makefile.am},
+@file{acconfig.h}, and possibly @file{acinclude.m4}, you must use
+autoconf and automake programs to produce the first versions of the
+generated files.  This is done by executing the following sequence of
+commands.
+
+@smallexample
+aclocal
+autoconf
+autoheader
+automake
+@end smallexample
+
+The @samp{aclocal} and @samp{automake} commands are part of the automake
+package, and the @samp{autoconf} and @samp{autoheader} commands are part
+of the autoconf package.
+
+If you are using a @file{m4} subdirectory for your macros, you will need
+to use the @samp{-I m4} option when you run @samp{aclocal}.
+
+If you are not using the Cygnus tree, use the @samp{-a} option when
+running @samp{automake} command in order to copy the required support
+files into your source directory.
+
+If you are using libtool, you must build and install the libtool package
+with the same @samp{--prefix} and @samp{--exec-prefix} options as you
+used with the autoconf and automake packages.  You must do this before
+running any of the above commands.  If you are not using the Cygnus
+tree, you will need to run the @samp{libtoolize} program to copy the
+libtool support files into your directory.
+
+Once you have managed to run these commands without getting any errors,
+you should create a new empty directory, and run the @samp{configure}
+script which will have been created by @samp{autoconf} with the
+@samp{--enable-maintainer-mode} option.  This will give you a set of
+Makefiles which will include rules to automatically rebuild all the
+generated files.
+
+After doing that, whenever you have changed some of the input files and
+want to regenerated the other files, go to your object directory and run
+@samp{make}.  Doing this is more reliable than trying to rebuild the
+files manually, because there are complex order dependencies and it is
+easy to forget something.
+
+@node Getting Started Example
+@section Example
+
+Let's consider a trivial example.
+
+Suppose we want to write a simple version of @samp{touch}.  Our program,
+which we will call @samp{poke}, will take a single file name argument,
+and use the @samp{utime} system call to set the modification and access
+times of the file to the current time.  We want this program to be
+highly portable.
+
+We'll first see what this looks like without using autoconf and
+automake, and then see what it looks like with them.
+
+@menu
+* Getting Started Example 1::		First Try.
+* Getting Started Example 2::		Second Try.
+* Getting Started Example 3::		Third Try.
+* Generate Files in Example::		Generate Files.
+@end menu
+
+@node Getting Started Example 1
+@subsection First Try
+
+Here is our first try at @samp{poke.c}.  Note that we've written it
+without ANSI/ISO C prototypes, since we want it to be highly portable.
+
+@example
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <utime.h>
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+@{
+  if (argc != 2)
+    @{
+      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: poke file\n");
+      exit (1);
+    @}
+
+  if (utime (argv[1], NULL) < 0)
+    @{
+      perror ("utime");
+      exit (1);
+    @}
+
+  exit (0);
+@}
+@end example
+
+We also write a simple @file{Makefile}.
+
+@example
+CC = gcc
+CFLAGS = -g -O2
+
+all: poke
+
+poke: poke.o
+	$(CC) -o poke $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) poke.o
+@end example
+
+So far, so good.
+
+Unfortunately, there are a few problems.
+
+On older Unix systems derived from BSD 4.3, the @samp{utime} system call
+does not accept a second argument of @samp{NULL}.  On those systems, we
+need to pass a pointer to @samp{struct utimbuf} structure.
+Unfortunately, even older systems don't define that structure; on those
+systems, we need to pass an array of two @samp{long} values.
+
+The header file @file{stdlib.h} was invented by ANSI C, and older
+systems don't have a copy.  We included it above to get a declaration of
+@samp{exit}.
+
+We can find some of these portability problems by running
+@samp{autoscan}, which will create a @file{configure.scan} file which we
+can use as a prototype for our @file{configure.in} file.  I won't show
+the output, but it will notice the potential problems with @samp{utime}
+and @file{stdlib.h}.
+
+In our @file{Makefile}, we don't provide any way to install the program.
+This doesn't matter much for such a simple example, but a real program
+will need an @samp{install} target.  For that matter, we will also want
+a @samp{clean} target.
+
+@node Getting Started Example 2
+@subsection Second Try
+
+Here is our second try at this program.
+
+We modify @file{poke.c} to use preprocessor macros to control what
+features are available.  (I've cheated a bit by using the same macro
+names which autoconf will use).
+
+@example
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME_H
+#include <utime.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_UTIME_NULL
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF
+
+struct utimbuf
+@{
+  long actime;
+  long modtime;
+@};
+
+#endif
+
+static int
+utime_now (file)
+     char *file;
+@{
+  struct utimbuf now;
+
+  now.actime = now.modtime = time (NULL);
+  return utime (file, &now);
+@}
+
+#define utime(f, p) utime_now (f)
+
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIME_NULL  */
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+@{
+  if (argc != 2)
+    @{
+      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: poke file\n");
+      exit (1);
+    @}
+
+  if (utime (argv[1], NULL) < 0)
+    @{
+      perror ("utime");
+      exit (1);
+    @}
+
+  exit (0);
+@}
+@end example
+
+Here is the associated @file{Makefile}.  We've added support for the
+preprocessor flags we use.  We've also added @samp{install} and
+@samp{clean} targets.
+
+@example
+# Set this to your installation directory.
+bindir = /usr/local/bin
+
+# Uncomment this if you have the standard ANSI/ISO C header files.
+# STDC_HDRS = -DSTDC_HEADERS
+
+# Uncomment this if you have utime.h.
+# UTIME_H = -DHAVE_UTIME_H
+
+# Uncomment this if utime (FILE, NULL) works on your system.
+# UTIME_NULL = -DHAVE_UTIME_NULL
+
+# Uncomment this if struct utimbuf is defined in utime.h.
+# UTIMBUF = -DHAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF
+
+CC = gcc
+CFLAGS = -g -O2
+
+ALL_CFLAGS = $(STDC_HDRS) $(UTIME_H) $(UTIME_NULL) $(UTIMBUF) $(CFLAGS)
+
+all: poke
+
+poke: poke.o
+	$(CC) -o poke $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) poke.o
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) poke.c
+
+install: poke
+	cp poke $(bindir)/poke
+
+clean:
+	rm poke poke.o
+@end example
+
+Some problems with this approach should be clear.
+
+Users who want to compile poke will have to know how @samp{utime} works
+on their systems, so that they can uncomment the @file{Makefile}
+correctly.
+
+The installation is done using @samp{cp}, but many systems have an
+@samp{install} program which may be used, and which supports optional
+features such as stripping debugging information out of the installed
+binary.
+
+The use of @file{Makefile} variables like @samp{CC}, @samp{CFLAGS} and
+@samp{LDFLAGS} follows the requirements of the GNU standards.  This is
+convenient for all packages, since it reduces surprises for users.
+However, it is easy to get the details wrong, and wind up with a
+slightly nonstandard distribution.
+
+@node Getting Started Example 3
+@subsection Third Try
+
+For our third try at this program, we will write a @file{configure.in}
+script to discover the configuration features on the host system, rather
+than requiring the user to edit the @file{Makefile}.  We will also write
+a @file{Makefile.am} rather than a @file{Makefile}.
+
+The only change to @file{poke.c} is to add a line at the start of the
+file:
+@smallexample
+#include "config.h"
+@end smallexample
+
+The new @file{configure.in} file is as follows.
+
+@example
+AC_INIT(poke.c)
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(poke, 1.0)
+AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.in)
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(utime.h)
+AC_EGREP_HEADER(utimbuf, utime.h, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF))
+AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
+@end example
+
+The first four macros in this file, and the last one, were described
+above; see @ref{Write configure.in}.  If we omit these macros, then when
+we run @samp{automake} we will get a reminder that we need them.
+
+The other macros are standard autoconf macros.
+
+@table @samp
+@item AC_HEADER_STDC
+Check for standard C headers.
+@item AC_CHECK_HEADERS
+Check whether a particular header file exists.
+@item AC_EGREP_HEADER
+Check for a particular string in a particular header file, in this case
+checking for @samp{utimbuf} in @file{utime.h}.
+@item AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
+Check whether @samp{utime} accepts a NULL second argument to set the
+file change time to the current time.
+@end table
+
+See the autoconf manual for a more complete description.
+
+The new @file{Makefile.am} file is as follows.  Note how simple this is
+compared to our earlier @file{Makefile}.
+
+@example
+bin_PROGRAMS = poke
+
+poke_SOURCES = poke.c
+@end example
+
+This means that we should build a single program name @samp{poke}.  It
+should be installed in the binary directory, which we called
+@samp{bindir} earlier.  The program @samp{poke} is built from the source
+file @file{poke.c}.
+
+We must also write a @file{acconfig.h} file.  Besides @samp{PACKAGE} and
+@samp{VERSION}, which must be mentioned for all packages which use
+automake, we must include @samp{HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF}, since we mentioned
+it in an @samp{AC_DEFINE}.
+
+@example
+/* Name of package.  */
+#undef PACKAGE
+
+/* Version of package.  */
+#undef VERSION
+
+/* Whether utime.h defines struct utimbuf.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF
+@end example
+
+@node Generate Files in Example
+@subsection Generate Files
+
+We must now generate the other files, using the following commands.
+
+@smallexample
+aclocal
+autoconf
+autoheader
+automake
+@end smallexample
+
+When we run @samp{autoheader}, it will remind us of any macros we forgot
+to add to @file{acconfig.h}.
+
+When we run @samp{automake}, it will want to add some files to our
+distribution.  It will add them automatically if we use the
+@samp{--add-missing} option.
+
+By default, @samp{automake} will run in GNU mode, which means that it
+will want us to create certain additional files; as of this writing, it
+will want @file{NEWS}, @file{README}, @file{AUTHORS}, and
+@file{ChangeLog}, all of which are files which should appear in a
+standard GNU distribution.  We can either add those files, or run
+@samp{automake} with the @samp{--foreign} option.
+
+Running these tools will generate the following files, all of which are
+described in the next chapter.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+@file{aclocal.m4}
+@item
+@file{configure}
+@item
+@file{config.in}
+@item
+@file{Makefile.in}
+@item
+@file{stamp-h.in}
+@end itemize
+
+@node Files
+@chapter Files
+
+As was seen in the previous chapter, the GNU configure and build system
+uses a number of different files.  The developer must write a few files.
+The others are generated by various tools.
+
+The system is rather flexible, and can be used in many different ways.
+In describing the files that it uses, I will describe the common case,
+and mention some other cases that may arise.
+
+@menu
+* Developer Files::		Developer Files.
+* Build Files::			Build Files.
+* Support Files::		Support Files.
+@end menu
+
+@node Developer Files
+@section Developer Files
+
+This section describes the files written or generated by the developer
+of a package.
+
+@menu
+* Developer Files Picture::	Developer Files Picture.
+* Written Developer Files::	Written Developer Files.
+* Generated Developer Files::	Generated Developer Files.
+@end menu
+
+@node Developer Files Picture
+@subsection Developer Files Picture
+
+Here is a picture of the files which are written by the developer, the
+generated files which would be included with a complete source
+distribution, and the tools which create those files.
+@ifinfo
+The file names are plain text and the tool names are enclosed by
+@samp{*} characters
+@end ifinfo
+@ifnotinfo
+The file names are in rectangles with square corners and the tool names
+are in rectangles with rounded corners
+@end ifnotinfo
+(e.g., @samp{autoheader} is the name of a tool, not the name of a file).
+
+@image{configdev}
+
+@node Written Developer Files
+@subsection Written Developer Files
+
+The following files would be written by the developer.
+
+@table @file
+@item configure.in
+@cindex @file{configure.in}
+This is the configuration script.  This script contains invocations of
+autoconf macros.  It may also contain ordinary shell script code.  This
+file will contain feature tests for portability issues.  The last thing
+in the file will normally be an @samp{AC_OUTPUT} macro listing which
+files to create when the builder runs the configure script.  This file
+is always required when using the GNU configure system.  @xref{Write
+configure.in}.
+
+@item Makefile.am
+@cindex @file{Makefile.am}
+This is the automake input file.  It describes how the code should be
+built.  It consists of definitions of automake variables.  It may also
+contain ordinary Makefile targets.  This file is only needed when using
+automake (newer tools normally use automake, but there are still older
+tools which have not been converted, in which the developer writes
+@file{Makefile.in} directly).  @xref{Write Makefile.am}.
+
+@item acconfig.h
+@cindex @file{acconfig.h}
+When the configure script creates a portability header file, by using
+@samp{AM_CONFIG_HEADER} (or, if not using automake,
+@samp{AC_CONFIG_HEADER}), this file is used to describe macros which are
+not recognized by the @samp{autoheader} command.  This is normally a
+fairly uninteresting file, consisting of a collection of @samp{#undef}
+lines with comments.  Normally any call to @samp{AC_DEFINE} in
+@file{configure.in} will require a line in this file. @xref{Write
+acconfig.h}.
+
+@item acinclude.m4
+@cindex @file{acinclude.m4}
+This file is not always required.  It defines local autoconf macros.
+These macros may then be used in @file{configure.in}.  If you don't need
+any local autoconf macros, then you don't need this file at all.  In
+fact, in general, you never need local autoconf macros, since you can
+put everything in @file{configure.in}, but sometimes a local macro is
+convenient.
+
+Newer tools may omit @file{acinclude.m4}, and instead use a
+subdirectory, typically named @file{m4}, and define
+@samp{ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4} in @file{Makefile.am} to force
+@samp{aclocal} to look there for macro definitions.  The macro
+definitions are then placed in separate files in that directory.
+
+The @file{acinclude.m4} file is only used when using automake; in older
+tools, the developer writes @file{aclocal.m4} directly, if it is needed.
+@end table
+
+@node Generated Developer Files
+@subsection Generated Developer Files
+
+The following files would be generated by the developer.
+
+When using automake, these files are normally not generated manually
+after the first time.  Instead, the generated @file{Makefile} contains
+rules to automatically rebuild the files as required.  When
+@samp{AM_MAINTAINER_MODE} is used in @file{configure.in} (the normal
+case in Cygnus code), the automatic rebuilding rules will only be
+defined if you configure using the @samp{--enable-maintainer-mode}
+option.
+
+When using automatic rebuilding, it is important to ensure that all the
+various tools have been built and installed on your @samp{PATH}.  Using
+automatic rebuilding is highly recommended, so much so that I'm not
+going to explain what you have to do if you don't use it.
+
+@table @file
+@item configure
+@cindex @file{configure}
+This is the configure script which will be run when building the
+package.  This is generated by @samp{autoconf} from @file{configure.in}
+and @file{aclocal.m4}.  This is a shell script.
+
+@item Makefile.in
+@cindex @file{Makefile.in}
+This is the file which the configure script will turn into the
+@file{Makefile} at build time.  This file is generated by
+@samp{automake} from @file{Makefile.am}.  If you aren't using automake,
+you must write this file yourself.  This file is pretty much a normal
+@file{Makefile}, with some configure substitutions for certain
+variables.
+
+@item aclocal.m4
+@cindex @file{aclocal.m4}
+This file is created by the @samp{aclocal} program, based on the
+contents of @file{configure.in} and @file{acinclude.m4} (or, as noted in
+the description of @file{acinclude.m4} above, on the contents of an
+@file{m4} subdirectory).  This file contains definitions of autoconf
+macros which @samp{autoconf} will use when generating the file
+@file{configure}.  These autoconf macros may be defined by you in
+@file{acinclude.m4} or they may be defined by other packages such as
+automake, libtool or gettext.  If you aren't using automake, you will
+normally write this file yourself; in that case, if @file{configure.in}
+uses only standard autoconf macros, this file will not be needed at all.
+
+@item config.in
+@cindex @file{config.in}
+@cindex @file{config.h.in}
+This file is created by @samp{autoheader} based on @file{acconfig.h} and
+@file{configure.in}.  At build time, the configure script will define
+some of the macros in it to create @file{config.h}, which may then be
+included by your program.  This permits your C code to use preprocessor
+conditionals to change its behaviour based on the characteristics of the
+host system.  This file may also be called @file{config.h.in}.
+
+@item stamp.h-in
+@cindex @file{stamp-h.in}
+This rather uninteresting file, which I omitted from the picture, is
+generated by @samp{automake}.  It always contains the string
+@samp{timestamp}.  It is used as a timestamp file indicating whether
+@file{config.in} is up to date.  Using a timestamp file means that
+@file{config.in} can be marked as up to date without actually changing
+its modification time.  This is useful since @file{config.in} depends
+upon @file{configure.in}, but it is easy to change @file{configure.in}
+in a way which does not affect @file{config.in}.
+@end table
+
+@node Build Files
+@section Build Files
+
+This section describes the files which are created at configure and
+build time.  These are the files which somebody who builds the package
+will see.
+
+Of course, the developer will also build the package.  The distinction
+between developer files and build files is not that the developer does
+not see the build files, but that somebody who only builds the package
+does not have to worry about the developer files.
+
+@menu
+* Build Files Picture::		Build Files Picture.
+* Build Files Description::	Build Files Description.
+@end menu
+
+@node Build Files Picture
+@subsection Build Files Picture
+
+Here is a picture of the files which will be created at build time.
+@file{config.status} is both a created file and a shell script which is
+run to create other files, and the picture attempts to show that.
+
+@image{configbuild}
+
+@node Build Files Description
+@subsection Build Files Description
+
+This is a description of the files which are created at build time.
+
+@table @file
+@item config.status
+@cindex @file{config.status}
+The first step in building a package is to run the @file{configure}
+script.  The @file{configure} script will create the file
+@file{config.status}, which is itself a shell script.  When you first
+run @file{configure}, it will automatically run @file{config.status}.
+An @file{Makefile} derived from an automake generated @file{Makefile.in}
+will contain rules to automatically run @file{config.status} again when
+necessary to recreate certain files if their inputs change.
+
+@item Makefile
+@cindex @file{Makefile}
+This is the file which make will read to build the program.  The
+@file{config.status} script will transform @file{Makefile.in} into
+@file{Makefile}.
+
+@item config.h
+@cindex @file{config.h}
+This file defines C preprocessor macros which C code can use to adjust
+its behaviour on different systems.  The @file{config.status} script
+will transform @file{config.in} into @file{config.h}.
+
+@item config.cache
+@cindex @file{config.cache}
+This file did not fit neatly into the picture, and I omitted it.  It is
+used by the @file{configure} script to cache results between runs.  This
+can be an important speedup.  If you modify @file{configure.in} in such
+a way that the results of old tests should change (perhaps you have
+added a new library to @samp{LDFLAGS}), then you will have to remove
+@file{config.cache} to force the tests to be rerun.
+
+The autoconf manual explains how to set up a site specific cache file.
+This can speed up running @file{configure} scripts on your system.
+
+@item stamp.h
+@cindex @file{stamp-h}
+This file, which I omitted from the picture, is similar to
+@file{stamp-h.in}.  It is used as a timestamp file indicating whether
+@file{config.h} is up to date.  This is useful since @file{config.h}
+depends upon @file{config.status}, but it is easy for
+@file{config.status} to change in a way which does not affect
+@file{config.h}.
+@end table
+
+@node Support Files
+@section Support Files
+
+The GNU configure and build system requires several support files to be
+included with your distribution.  You do not normally need to concern
+yourself with these.  If you are using the Cygnus tree, most are already
+present.  Otherwise, they will be installed with your source by
+@samp{automake} (with the @samp{--add-missing} option) and
+@samp{libtoolize}.
+
+You don't have to put the support files in the top level directory.  You
+can put them in a subdirectory, and use the @samp{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR}
+macro in @file{configure.in} to tell @samp{automake} and the
+@file{configure} script where they are.
+
+In this section, I describe the support files, so that you can know what
+they are and why they are there.
+
+@table @file
+@item ABOUT-NLS
+Added by automake if you are using gettext.  This is a documentation
+file about the gettext project.
+@item ansi2knr.c
+Used by an automake generated @file{Makefile} if you put @samp{ansi2knr}
+in @samp{AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS} in @file{Makefile.am}.  This permits
+compiling ANSI C code with a K&R C compiler.
+@item ansi2knr.1
+The man page which goes with @file{ansi2knr.c}.
+@item config.guess
+A shell script which determines the configuration name for the system on
+which it is run.
+@item config.sub
+A shell script which canonicalizes a configuration name entered by a
+user.
+@item elisp-comp
+Used to compile Emacs LISP files.
+@item install-sh
+A shell script which installs a program.  This is used if the configure
+script can not find an install binary.
+@item ltconfig
+Used by libtool.  This is a shell script which configures libtool for
+the particular system on which it is used.
+@item ltmain.sh
+Used by libtool.  This is the actual libtool script which is used, after
+it is configured by @file{ltconfig} to build a library.
+@item mdate-sh
+A shell script used by an automake generated @file{Makefile} to pretty
+print the modification time of a file.  This is used to maintain version
+numbers for texinfo files.
+@item missing
+A shell script used if some tool is missing entirely.  This is used by
+an automake generated @file{Makefile} to avoid certain sorts of
+timestamp problems.
+@item mkinstalldirs
+A shell script which creates a directory, including all parent
+directories.  This is used by an automake generated @file{Makefile}
+during installation.
+@item texinfo.tex
+Required if you have any texinfo files.  This is used when converting
+Texinfo files into DVI using @samp{texi2dvi} and @TeX{}.
+@item ylwrap
+A shell script used by an automake generated @file{Makefile} to run
+programs like @samp{bison}, @samp{yacc}, @samp{flex}, and @samp{lex}.
+These programs default to producing output files with a fixed name, and
+the @file{ylwrap} script runs them in a subdirectory to avoid file name
+conflicts when using a parallel make program.
+@end table
+
+@node Configuration Names
+@chapter Configuration Names
+@cindex configuration names
+@cindex configuration triplets
+@cindex triplets
+@cindex host names
+@cindex host triplets
+@cindex canonical system names
+@cindex system names
+@cindex system types
+
+The GNU configure system names all systems using a @dfn{configuration
+name}.  All such names used to be triplets (they may now contain four
+parts in certain cases), and the term @dfn{configuration triplet} is
+still seen.
+
+@menu
+* Configuration Name Definition::	Configuration Name Definition.
+* Using Configuration Names::		Using Configuration Names.
+@end menu
+
+@node Configuration Name Definition
+@section Configuration Name Definition
+
+This is a string of the form
+@var{cpu}-@var{manufacturer}-@var{operating_system}.  In some cases,
+this is extended to a four part form:
+@var{cpu}-@var{manufacturer}-@var{kernel}-@var{operating_system}.
+
+When using a configuration name in a configure option, it is normally
+not necessary to specify an entire name.  In particular, the
+@var{manufacturer} field is often omitted, leading to strings such as
+@samp{i386-linux} or @samp{sparc-sunos}.  The shell script
+@file{config.sub} will translate these shortened strings into the
+canonical form.  autoconf will arrange for @file{config.sub} to be run
+automatically when it is needed.
+
+The fields of a configuration name are as follows:
+
+@table @var
+@item cpu
+The type of processor.  This is typically something like @samp{i386} or
+@samp{sparc}.  More specific variants are used as well, such as
+@samp{mipsel} to indicate a little endian MIPS processor.
+@item manufacturer
+A somewhat freeform field which indicates the manufacturer of the
+system.  This is often simply @samp{unknown}.  Other common strings are
+@samp{pc} for an IBM PC compatible system, or the name of a workstation
+vendor, such as @samp{sun}.
+@item operating_system
+The name of the operating system which is run on the system.  This will
+be something like @samp{solaris2.5} or @samp{irix6.3}.  There is no
+particular restriction on the version number, and strings like
+@samp{aix4.1.4.0} are seen.  For an embedded system, which has no
+operating system, this field normally indicates the type of object file
+format, such as @samp{elf} or @samp{coff}.
+@item kernel
+This is used mainly for GNU/Linux.  A typical GNU/Linux configuration
+name is @samp{i586-pc-linux-gnulibc1}.  In this case the kernel,
+@samp{linux}, is separated from the operating system, @samp{gnulibc1}.
+@end table
+
+The shell script @file{config.guess} will normally print the correct
+configuration name for the system on which it is run.  It does by
+running @samp{uname} and by examining other characteristics of the
+system.
+
+Because @file{config.guess} can normally determine the configuration
+name for a machine, it is normally only necessary to specify a
+configuration name when building a cross-compiler or when building using
+a cross-compiler.
+
+@node Using Configuration Names
+@section Using Configuration Names
+
+A configure script will sometimes have to make a decision based on a
+configuration name.  You will need to do this if you have to compile
+code differently based on something which can not be tested using a
+standard autoconf feature test.
+
+It is normally better to test for particular features, rather than to
+test for a particular system.  This is because as Unix evolves,
+different systems copy features from one another.  Even if you need to
+determine whether the feature is supported based on a configuration
+name, you should define a macro which describes the feature, rather than
+defining a macro which describes the particular system you are on.
+
+Testing for a particular system is normally done using a case statement
+in @file{configure.in}.  The case statement might look something like
+the following, assuming that @samp{host} is a shell variable holding a
+canonical configuration name (which will be the case if
+@file{configure.in} uses the @samp{AC_CANONICAL_HOST} or
+@samp{AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM} macro).
+
+@smallexample
+case "$@{host@}" in
+i[3456]86-*-linux-gnu*) do something ;;
+sparc*-sun-solaris2.[56789]*) do something ;;
+sparc*-sun-solaris*) do something ;;
+mips*-*-elf*) do something ;;
+esac
+@end smallexample
+
+It is particularly important to use @samp{*} after the operating system
+field, in order to match the version number which will be generated by
+@file{config.guess}.
+
+In most cases you must be careful to match a range of processor types.
+For most processor families, a trailing @samp{*} suffices, as in
+@samp{mips*} above.  For the i386 family, something along the lines of
+@samp{i[3456]86} suffices at present.  For the m68k family, you will
+need something like @samp{m68*}.  Of course, if you do not need to match
+on the processor, it is simpler to just replace the entire field by a
+@samp{*}, as in @samp{*-*-irix*}.
+
+@node Cross Compilation Tools
+@chapter Cross Compilation Tools
+@cindex cross tools
+
+The GNU configure and build system can be used to build @dfn{cross
+compilation} tools.  A cross compilation tool is a tool which runs on
+one system and produces code which runs on another system.
+
+@menu
+* Cross Compilation Concepts::		Cross Compilation Concepts.
+* Host and Target::			Host and Target.
+* Using the Host Type::			Using the Host Type.
+* Specifying the Target::       	Specifying the Target.
+* Using the Target Type::		Using the Target Type.
+* Cross Tools in the Cygnus Tree::	Cross Tools in the Cygnus Tree
+@end menu
+
+@node Cross Compilation Concepts
+@section Cross Compilation Concepts
+
+@cindex cross compiler
+A compiler which produces programs which run on a different system is a
+cross compilation compiler, or simply a @dfn{cross compiler}.
+Similarly, we speak of cross assemblers, cross linkers, etc.
+
+In the normal case, a compiler produces code which runs on the same
+system as the one on which the compiler runs.  When it is necessary to
+distinguish this case from the cross compilation case, such a compiler
+is called a @dfn{native compiler}.  Similarly, we speak of native
+assemblers, etc.
+
+Although the debugger is not strictly speaking a compilation tool, it is
+nevertheless meaningful to speak of a cross debugger: a debugger which
+is used to debug code which runs on another system.  Everything that is
+said below about configuring cross compilation tools applies to the
+debugger as well.
+
+@node Host and Target
+@section Host and Target
+@cindex host system
+@cindex target system
+
+When building cross compilation tools, there are two different systems
+involved: the system on which the tools will run, and the system for
+which the tools generate code.
+
+The system on which the tools will run is called the @dfn{host} system.
+
+The system for which the tools generate code is called the @dfn{target}
+system.
+
+For example, suppose you have a compiler which runs on a GNU/Linux
+system and generates ELF programs for a MIPS embedded system.  In this
+case the GNU/Linux system is the host, and the MIPS ELF system is the
+target.  Such a compiler could be called a GNU/Linux cross MIPS ELF
+compiler, or, equivalently, a @samp{i386-linux-gnu} cross
+@samp{mips-elf} compiler.
+
+Naturally, most programs are not cross compilation tools.  For those
+programs, it does not make sense to speak of a target.  It only makes
+sense to speak of a target for tools like @samp{gcc} or the
+@samp{binutils} which actually produce running code.  For example, it
+does not make sense to speak of the target of a tool like @samp{bison}
+or @samp{make}.
+
+Most cross compilation tools can also serve as native tools.  For a
+native compilation tool, it is still meaningful to speak of a target.
+For a native tool, the target is the same as the host.  For example, for
+a GNU/Linux native compiler, the host is GNU/Linux, and the target is
+also GNU/Linux.
+
+@node Using the Host Type
+@section Using the Host Type
+
+In almost all cases the host system is the system on which you run the
+@samp{configure} script, and on which you build the tools (for the case
+when they differ, @pxref{Canadian Cross}).
+
+@cindex @samp{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}
+If your configure script needs to know the configuration name of the
+host system, and the package is not a cross compilation tool and
+therefore does not have a target, put @samp{AC_CANONICAL_HOST} in
+@file{configure.in}.  This macro will arrange to define a few shell
+variables when the @samp{configure} script is run.
+
+@table @samp
+@item host
+The canonical configuration name of the host.  This will normally be
+determined by running the @file{config.guess} shell script, although the
+user is permitted to override this by using an explicit @samp{--host}
+option.
+@item host_alias
+In the unusual case that the user used an explicit @samp{--host} option,
+this will be the argument to @samp{--host}.  In the normal case, this
+will be the same as the @samp{host} variable.
+@item host_cpu
+@itemx host_vendor
+@itemx host_os
+The first three parts of the canonical configuration name.
+@end table
+
+The shell variables may be used by putting shell code in
+@file{configure.in}.  For an example, see @ref{Using Configuration
+Names}.
+
+@node Specifying the Target
+@section Specifying the Target
+
+By default, the @samp{configure} script will assume that the target is
+the same as the host.  This is the more common case; for example, it
+leads to a native compiler rather than a cross compiler.
+
+@cindex @samp{--target} option
+@cindex target option
+@cindex configure target
+If you want to build a cross compilation tool, you must specify the
+target explicitly by using the @samp{--target} option when you run
+@samp{configure}.  The argument to @samp{--target} is the configuration
+name of the system for which you wish to generate code.
+@xref{Configuration Names}.
+
+For example, to build tools which generate code for a MIPS ELF embedded
+system, you would use @samp{--target mips-elf}.
+
+@node Using the Target Type
+@section Using the Target Type
+
+@cindex @samp{AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM}
+When writing @file{configure.in} for a cross compilation tool, you will
+need to use information about the target.  To do this, put
+@samp{AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM} in @file{configure.in}.
+
+@samp{AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM} will look for a @samp{--target} option and
+canonicalize it using the @file{config.sub} shell script.  It will also
+run @samp{AC_CANONICAL_HOST} (@pxref{Using the Host Type}).
+
+The target type will be recorded in the following shell variables.  Note
+that the host versions of these variables will also be defined by
+@samp{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}.
+
+@table @samp
+@item target
+The canonical configuration name of the target.
+@item target_alias
+The argument to the @samp{--target} option.  If the user did not specify
+a @samp{--target} option, this will be the same as @samp{host_alias}.
+@item target_cpu
+@itemx target_vendor
+@itemx target_os
+The first three parts of the canonical target configuration name.
+@end table
+
+Note that if @samp{host} and @samp{target} are the same string, you can
+assume a native configuration.  If they are different, you can assume a
+cross configuration.
+
+It is arguably possible for @samp{host} and @samp{target} to represent
+the same system, but for the strings to not be identical.  For example,
+if @samp{config.guess} returns @samp{sparc-sun-sunos4.1.4}, and somebody
+configures with @samp{--target sparc-sun-sunos4.1}, then the slight
+differences between the two versions of SunOS may be unimportant for
+your tool.  However, in the general case it can be quite difficult to
+determine whether the differences between two configuration names are
+significant or not.  Therefore, by convention, if the user specifies a
+@samp{--target} option without specifying a @samp{--host} option, it is
+assumed that the user wants to configure a cross compilation tool.
+
+The variables @samp{target} and @samp{target_alias} should be handled
+differently.
+
+In general, whenever the user may actually see a string,
+@samp{target_alias} should be used.  This includes anything which may
+appear in the file system, such as a directory name or part of a tool
+name.  It also includes any tool output, unless it is clearly labelled
+as the canonical target configuration name.  This permits the user to
+use the @samp{--target} option to specify how the tool will appear to
+the outside world.
+
+On the other hand, when checking for characteristics of the target
+system, @samp{target} should be used.  This is because a wide variety of
+@samp{--target} options may map into the same canonical configuration
+name.  You should not attempt to duplicate the canonicalization done by
+@samp{config.sub} in your own code.
+
+By convention, cross tools are installed with a prefix of the argument
+used with the @samp{--target} option, also known as @samp{target_alias}
+(@pxref{Using the Target Type}).  If the user does not use the
+@samp{--target} option, and thus is building a native tool, no prefix is
+used.
+
+For example, if gcc is configured with @samp{--target mips-elf}, then
+the installed binary will be named @samp{mips-elf-gcc}.  If gcc is
+configured without a @samp{--target} option, then the installed binary
+will be named @samp{gcc}.
+
+The autoconf macro @samp{AC_ARG_PROGRAM} will handle this for you.  If
+you are using automake, no more need be done; the programs will
+automatically be installed with the correct prefixes.  Otherwise, see
+the autoconf documentation for @samp{AC_ARG_PROGRAM}.
+
+@node Cross Tools in the Cygnus Tree
+@section Cross Tools in the Cygnus Tree
+
+The Cygnus tree is used for various packages including gdb, the GNU
+binutils, and egcs.  It is also, of course, used for Cygnus releases.
+
+In the Cygnus tree, the top level @file{configure} script uses the old
+Cygnus configure system, not autoconf.  The top level @file{Makefile.in}
+is written to build packages based on what is in the source tree, and
+supports building a large number of tools in a single
+@samp{configure}/@samp{make} step.
+
+The Cygnus tree may be configured with a @samp{--target} option.  The
+@samp{--target} option applies recursively to every subdirectory, and
+permits building an entire set of cross tools at once.
+
+@menu
+* Host and Target Libraries::		Host and Target Libraries.
+* Target Library Configure Scripts::	Target Library Configure Scripts.
+* Make Targets in Cygnus Tree::         Make Targets in Cygnus Tree.
+* Target libiberty::			Target libiberty
+@end menu
+
+@node Host and Target Libraries
+@subsection Host and Target Libraries
+
+The Cygnus tree distinguishes host libraries from target libraries.
+
+Host libraries are built with the compiler used to build the programs
+which run on the host, which is called the host compiler.  This includes
+libraries such as @samp{bfd} and @samp{tcl}.  These libraries are built
+with the host compiler, and are linked into programs like the binutils
+or gcc which run on the host.
+
+Target libraries are built with the target compiler.  If gcc is present
+in the source tree, then the target compiler is the gcc that is built
+using the host compiler.  Target libraries are libraries such as
+@samp{newlib} and @samp{libstdc++}.  These libraries are not linked into
+the host programs, but are instead made available for use with programs
+built with the target compiler.
+
+For the rest of this section, assume that gcc is present in the source
+tree, so that it will be used to build the target libraries.
+
+There is a complication here.  The configure process needs to know which
+compiler you are going to use to build a tool; otherwise, the feature
+tests will not work correctly.  The Cygnus tree handles this by not
+configuring the target libraries until the target compiler is built.  In
+order to permit everything to build using a single
+@samp{configure}/@samp{make}, the configuration of the target libraries
+is actually triggered during the make step.
+
+When the target libraries are configured, the @samp{--target} option is
+not used.  Instead, the @samp{--host} option is used with the argument
+of the @samp{--target} option for the overall configuration.  If no
+@samp{--target} option was used for the overall configuration, the
+@samp{--host} option will be passed with the output of the
+@file{config.guess} shell script.  Any @samp{--build} option is passed
+down unchanged.
+
+This translation of configuration options is done because since the
+target libraries are compiled with the target compiler, they are being
+built in order to run on the target of the overall configuration.  By
+the definition of host, this means that their host system is the same as
+the target system of the overall configuration.
+
+The same process is used for both a native configuration and a cross
+configuration.  Even when using a native configuration, the target
+libraries will be configured and built using the newly built compiler.
+This is particularly important for the C++ libraries, since there is no
+reason to assume that the C++ compiler used to build the host tools (if
+there even is one) uses the same ABI as the g++ compiler which will be
+used to build the target libraries.
+
+There is one difference between a native configuration and a cross
+configuration.  In a native configuration, the target libraries are
+normally configured and built as siblings of the host tools.  In a cross
+configuration, the target libraries are normally built in a subdirectory
+whose name is the argument to @samp{--target}.  This is mainly for
+historical reasons.
+
+To summarize, running @samp{configure} in the Cygnus tree configures all
+the host libraries and tools, but does not configure any of the target
+libraries.  Running @samp{make} then does the following steps:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Build the host libraries.
+@item
+Build the host programs, including gcc.  Note that we call gcc both a
+host program (since it runs on the host) and a target compiler (since it
+generates code for the target).
+@item
+Using the newly built target compiler, configure the target libraries.
+@item
+Build the target libraries.
+@end itemize
+
+The steps need not be done in precisely this order, since they are
+actually controlled by @file{Makefile} targets.
+
+@node Target Library Configure Scripts
+@subsection Target Library Configure Scripts
+
+There are a few things you must know in order to write a configure
+script for a target library.  This is just a quick sketch, and beginners
+shouldn't worry if they don't follow everything here.
+
+The target libraries are configured and built using a newly built target
+compiler.  There may not be any startup files or libraries for this
+target compiler.  In fact, those files will probably be built as part of
+some target library, which naturally means that they will not exist when
+your target library is configured.
+
+This means that the configure script for a target library may not use
+any test which requires doing a link.  This unfortunately includes many
+useful autoconf macros, such as @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}.  autoconf macros
+which do a compile but not a link, such as @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}, may
+be used.
+
+This is a severe restriction, but normally not a fatal one, as target
+libraries can often assume the presence of other target libraries, and
+thus know which functions will be available.
+
+As of this writing, the autoconf macro @samp{AC_PROG_CC} does a link to
+make sure that the compiler works.  This may fail in a target library,
+so target libraries must use a different set of macros to locate the
+compiler.  See the @file{configure.in} file in a directory like
+@file{libiberty} or @file{libgloss} for an example.
+
+As noted in the previous section, target libraries are sometimes built
+in directories which are siblings to the host tools, and are sometimes
+built in a subdirectory.  The @samp{--with-target-subdir} configure
+option will be passed when the library is configured.  Its value will be
+an empty string if the target library is a sibling.  Its value will be
+the name of the subdirectory if the target library is in a subdirectory.
+
+If the overall build is not a native build (i.e., the overall configure
+used the @samp{--target} option), then the library will be configured
+with the @samp{--with-cross-host} option.  The value of this option will
+be the host system of the overall build.  Recall that the host system of
+the library will be the target of the overall build.  If the overall
+build is a native build, the @samp{--with-cross-host} option will not be
+used.
+
+A library which can be built both standalone and as a target library may
+want to install itself into different directories depending upon the
+case.  When built standalone, or when built native, the library should
+be installed in @samp{$(libdir)}.  When built as a target library which
+is not native, the library should be installed in @samp{$(tooldir)/lib}.
+The @samp{--with-cross-host} option may be used to distinguish these
+cases.
+
+This same test of @samp{--with-cross-host} may be used to see whether it
+is OK to use link tests in the configure script.  If the
+@samp{--with-cross-host} option is not used, then the library is being
+built either standalone or native, and a link should work.
+
+@node Make Targets in Cygnus Tree
+@subsection Make Targets in Cygnus Tree
+
+The top level @file{Makefile} in the Cygnus tree defines targets for
+every known subdirectory.
+
+For every subdirectory @var{dir} which holds a host library or program,
+the @file{Makefile} target @samp{all-@var{dir}} will build that library
+or program.
+
+There are dependencies among host tools.  For example, building gcc
+requires first building gas, because the gcc build process invokes the
+target assembler.  These dependencies are reflected in the top level
+@file{Makefile}.
+
+For every subdirectory @var{dir} which holds a target library, the
+@file{Makefile} target @samp{configure-target-@var{dir}} will configure
+that library.  The @file{Makefile} target @samp{all-target-@var{dir}}
+will build that library.
+
+Every @samp{configure-target-@var{dir}} target depends upon
+@samp{all-gcc}, since gcc, the target compiler, is required to configure
+the tool.  Every @samp{all-target-@var{dir}} target depends upon the
+corresponding @samp{configure-target-@var{dir}} target.
+
+There are several other targets which may be of interest for each
+directory: @samp{install-@var{dir}}, @samp{clean-@var{dir}}, and
+@samp{check-@var{dir}}.  There are also corresponding @samp{target}
+versions of these for the target libraries , such as
+@samp{install-target-@var{dir}}.
+
+@node Target libiberty
+@subsection Target libiberty
+
+The @file{libiberty} subdirectory is currently a special case, in that
+it is the only directory which is built both using the host compiler and
+using the target compiler.
+
+This is because the files in @file{libiberty} are used when building the
+host tools, and they are also incorporated into the @file{libstdc++}
+target library as support code.
+
+This duality does not pose any particular difficulties.  It means that
+there are targets for both @samp{all-libiberty} and
+@samp{all-target-libiberty}.
+
+In a native configuration, when target libraries are not built in a
+subdirectory, the same objects are normally used as both the host build
+and the target build.  This is normally OK, since libiberty contains
+only C code, and in a native configuration the results of the host
+compiler and the target compiler are normally interoperable.
+
+Irix 6 is again an exception here, since the SGI native compiler
+defaults to using the @samp{O32} ABI, and gcc defaults to using the
+@samp{N32} ABI.  On Irix 6, the target libraries are built in a
+subdirectory even for a native configuration, avoiding this problem.
+
+There are currently no other libraries built for both the host and the
+target, but there is no conceptual problem with adding more.
+
+@node Canadian Cross
+@chapter Canadian Cross
+@cindex canadian cross
+@cindex building with a cross compiler
+@cindex cross compiler, building with
+
+It is possible to use the GNU configure and build system to build a
+program which will run on a system which is different from the system on
+which the tools are built.  In other words, it is possible to build
+programs using a cross compiler.
+
+This is referred to as a @dfn{Canadian Cross}.
+
+@menu
+* Canadian Cross Example::		Canadian Cross Example.
+* Canadian Cross Concepts::		Canadian Cross Concepts.
+* Build Cross Host Tools::		Build Cross Host Tools.
+* Build and Host Options::		Build and Host Options.
+* CCross not in Cygnus Tree::		Canadian Cross not in Cygnus Tree.
+* CCross in Cygnus Tree::		Canadian Cross in Cygnus Tree.
+* Supporting Canadian Cross::		Supporting Canadian Cross.
+@end menu
+
+@node Canadian Cross Example
+@section Canadian Cross Example
+
+Here is an example of a Canadian Cross.
+
+While running on a GNU/Linux, you can build a program which will run on
+a Solaris system.  You would use a GNU/Linux cross Solaris compiler to
+build the program.
+
+Of course, you could not run the resulting program on your GNU/Linux
+system.  You would have to copy it over to a Solaris system before you
+would run it.
+
+Of course, you could also simply build the programs on the Solaris
+system in the first place.  However, perhaps the Solaris system is not
+available for some reason; perhaps you actually don't have one, but you
+want to build the tools for somebody else to use.  Or perhaps your
+GNU/Linux system is much faster than your Solaris system.
+
+A Canadian Cross build is most frequently used when building programs to
+run on a non-Unix system, such as DOS or Windows.  It may be simpler to
+configure and build on a Unix system than to support the configuration
+machinery on a non-Unix system.
+
+@node Canadian Cross Concepts
+@section Canadian Cross Concepts
+
+When building a Canadian Cross, there are at least two different systems
+involved: the system on which the tools are being built, and the system
+on which the tools will run.
+
+The system on which the tools are being built is called the @dfn{build}
+system.
+
+The system on which the tools will run is called the host system.
+
+For example, if you are building a Solaris program on a GNU/Linux
+system, as in the previous section, the build system would be GNU/Linux,
+and the host system would be Solaris.
+
+It is, of course, possible to build a cross compiler using a Canadian
+Cross (i.e., build a cross compiler using a cross compiler).  In this
+case, the system for which the resulting cross compiler generates code
+is called the target system.  (For a more complete discussion of host
+and target systems, @pxref{Host and Target}).
+
+An example of building a cross compiler using a Canadian Cross would be
+building a Windows cross MIPS ELF compiler on a GNU/Linux system.  In
+this case the build system would be GNU/Linux, the host system would be
+Windows, and the target system would be MIPS ELF.
+
+The name Canadian Cross comes from the case when the build, host, and
+target systems are all different.  At the time that these issues were
+all being hashed out, Canada had three national political parties.
+
+@node Build Cross Host Tools
+@section Build Cross Host Tools
+
+In order to configure a program for a Canadian Cross build, you must
+first build and install the set of cross tools you will use to build the
+program.
+
+These tools will be build cross host tools.  That is, they will run on
+the build system, and will produce code that runs on the host system.
+
+It is easy to confuse the meaning of build and host here.  Always
+remember that the build system is where you are doing the build, and the
+host system is where the resulting program will run.  Therefore, you
+need a build cross host compiler.
+
+In general, you must have a complete cross environment in order to do
+the build.  This normally means a cross compiler, cross assembler, and
+so forth, as well as libraries and include files for the host system.
+
+@node Build and Host Options
+@section Build and Host Options
+@cindex configuring a canadian cross
+@cindex canadian cross, configuring
+
+When you run @file{configure}, you must use both the @samp{--build} and
+@samp{--host} options.
+
+@cindex @samp{--build} option
+@cindex build option
+@cindex configure build system
+The @samp{--build} option is used to specify the configuration name of
+the build system.  This can normally be the result of running the
+@file{config.guess} shell script, and it is reasonable to use
+@samp{--build=`config.guess`}.
+
+@cindex @samp{--host} option
+@cindex host option
+@cindex configure host
+The @samp{--host} option is used to specify the configuration name of
+the host system.
+
+As we explained earlier, @file{config.guess} is used to set the default
+value for the @samp{--host} option (@pxref{Using the Host Type}).  We
+can now see that since @file{config.guess} returns the type of system on
+which it is run, it really identifies the build system.  Since the host
+system is normally the same as the build system (i.e., people do not
+normally build using a cross compiler), it is reasonable to use the
+result of @file{config.guess} as the default for the host system when
+the @samp{--host} option is not used.
+
+It might seem that if the @samp{--host} option were used without the
+@samp{--build} option that the configure script could run
+@file{config.guess} to determine the build system, and presume a
+Canadian Cross if the result of @file{config.guess} differed from the
+@samp{--host} option.  However, for historical reasons, some configure
+scripts are routinely run using an explicit @samp{--host} option, rather
+than using the default from @file{config.guess}.  As noted earlier, it
+is difficult or impossible to reliably compare configuration names
+(@pxref{Using the Target Type}).  Therefore, by convention, if the
+@samp{--host} option is used, but the @samp{--build} option is not used,
+then the build system defaults to the host system.
+
+@node CCross not in Cygnus Tree
+@section Canadian Cross not in Cygnus Tree.
+
+If you are not using the Cygnus tree, you must explicitly specify the
+cross tools which you want to use to build the program.  This is done by
+setting environment variables before running the @file{configure}
+script.
+
+You must normally set at least the environment variables @samp{CC},
+@samp{AR}, and @samp{RANLIB} to the cross tools which you want to use to
+build.
+
+For some programs, you must set additional cross tools as well, such as
+@samp{AS}, @samp{LD}, or @samp{NM}.
+
+You would set these environment variables to the build cross tools which
+you are going to use.
+
+For example, if you are building a Solaris program on a GNU/Linux
+system, and your GNU/Linux cross Solaris compiler were named
+@samp{solaris-gcc}, then you would set the environment variable
+@samp{CC} to @samp{solaris-gcc}.
+
+@node CCross in Cygnus Tree
+@section Canadian Cross in Cygnus Tree
+@cindex canadian cross in cygnus tree
+
+This section describes configuring and building a Canadian Cross when
+using the Cygnus tree.
+
+@menu
+* Standard Cygnus CCross::	Building a Normal Program.
+* Cross Cygnus CCross::		Building a Cross Program.
+@end menu
+
+@node Standard Cygnus CCross
+@subsection Building a Normal Program
+
+When configuring a Canadian Cross in the Cygnus tree, all the
+appropriate environment variables are automatically set to
+@samp{@var{host}-@var{tool}}, where @var{host} is the value used for the
+@samp{--host} option, and @var{tool} is the name of the tool (e.g.,
+@samp{gcc}, @samp{as}, etc.).  These tools must be on your @samp{PATH}.
+
+Adding a prefix of @var{host} will give the usual name for the build
+cross host tools.  To see this, consider that when these cross tools
+were built, they were configured to run on the build system and to
+produce code for the host system.  That is, they were configured with a
+@samp{--target} option that is the same as the system which we are now
+calling the host.  Recall that the default name for installed cross
+tools uses the target system as a prefix (@pxref{Using the Target
+Type}).  Since that is the system which we are now calling the host,
+@var{host} is the right prefix to use.
+
+For example, if you configure with @samp{--build=i386-linux-gnu} and
+@samp{--host=solaris}, then the Cygnus tree will automatically default
+to using the compiler @samp{solaris-gcc}.  You must have previously
+built and installed this compiler, probably by doing a build with no
+@samp{--host} option and with a @samp{--target} option of
+@samp{solaris}.
+
+@node Cross Cygnus CCross
+@subsection Building a Cross Program
+
+There are additional considerations if you want to build a cross
+compiler, rather than a native compiler, in the Cygnus tree using a
+Canadian Cross.
+
+When you build a cross compiler using the Cygnus tree, then the target
+libraries will normally be built with the newly built target compiler
+(@pxref{Host and Target Libraries}).  However, this will not work when
+building with a Canadian Cross.  This is because the newly built target
+compiler will be a program which runs on the host system, and therefore
+will not be able to run on the build system.
+
+Therefore, when building a cross compiler with the Cygnus tree, you must
+first install a set of build cross target tools.  These tools will be
+used when building the target libraries.
+
+Note that this is not a requirement of a Canadian Cross in general.  For
+example, it would be possible to build just the host cross target tools
+on the build system, to copy the tools to the host system, and to build
+the target libraries on the host system.  The requirement for build
+cross target tools is imposed by the Cygnus tree, which expects to be
+able to build both host programs and target libraries in a single
+@samp{configure}/@samp{make} step.  Because it builds these in a single
+step, it expects to be able to build the target libraries on the build
+system, which means that it must use a build cross target toolchain.
+
+For example, suppose you want to build a Windows cross MIPS ELF compiler
+on a GNU/Linux system.  You must have previously installed both a
+GNU/Linux cross Windows compiler and a GNU/Linux cross MIPS ELF
+compiler.
+
+In order to build the Windows (configuration name @samp{i386-cygwin32})
+cross MIPS ELF (configure name @samp{mips-elf}) compiler, you might
+execute the following commands (long command lines are broken across
+lines with a trailing backslash as a continuation character).
+
+@example
+mkdir linux-x-cygwin32
+cd linux-x-cygwin32
+@var{srcdir}/configure --target i386-cygwin32 --prefix=@var{installdir} \
+  --exec-prefix=@var{installdir}/H-i386-linux
+make
+make install
+cd ..
+mkdir linux-x-mips-elf
+cd linux-x-mips-elf
+@var{srcdir}/configure --target mips-elf --prefix=@var{installdir} \
+  --exec-prefix=@var{installdir}/H-i386-linux
+make
+make install
+cd ..
+mkdir cygwin32-x-mips-elf
+cd cygwin32-x-mips-elf
+@var{srcdir}/configure --build=i386-linux-gnu --host=i386-cygwin32 \
+  --target=mips-elf --prefix=@var{wininstalldir} \
+  --exec-prefix=@var{wininstalldir}/H-i386-cygwin32
+make
+make install
+@end example
+
+You would then copy the contents of @var{wininstalldir} over to the
+Windows machine, and run the resulting programs.
+
+@node Supporting Canadian Cross
+@section Supporting Canadian Cross
+
+If you want to make it possible to build a program you are developing
+using a Canadian Cross, you must take some care when writing your
+configure and make rules.  Simple cases will normally work correctly.
+However, it is not hard to write configure and make tests which will
+fail in a Canadian Cross.
+
+@menu
+* CCross in Configure::		Supporting Canadian Cross in Configure Scripts.
+* CCross in Make::		Supporting Canadian Cross in Makefiles.
+@end menu
+
+@node CCross in Configure
+@subsection Supporting Canadian Cross in Configure Scripts
+@cindex canadian cross in configure
+
+In a @file{configure.in} file, after calling @samp{AC_PROG_CC}, you can
+find out whether this is a Canadian Cross configure by examining the
+shell variable @samp{cross_compiling}.  In a Canadian Cross, which means
+that the compiler is a cross compiler, @samp{cross_compiling} will be
+@samp{yes}.  In a normal configuration, @samp{cross_compiling} will be
+@samp{no}.
+
+You ordinarily do not need to know the type of the build system in a
+configure script.  However, if you do need that information, you can get
+it by using the macro @samp{AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM}, the same macro that is
+used to determine the target system.  This macro will set the variables
+@samp{build}, @samp{build_alias}, @samp{build_cpu}, @samp{build_vendor},
+and @samp{build_os}, which correspond to the similar @samp{target} and
+@samp{host} variables, except that they describe the build system.
+
+When writing tests in @file{configure.in}, you must remember that you
+want to test the host environment, not the build environment.
+
+Macros like @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} which use the compiler will test the
+host environment.  That is because the tests will be done by running the
+compiler, which is actually a build cross host compiler.  If the
+compiler can find the function, that means that the function is present
+in the host environment.
+
+Tests like @samp{test -f /dev/ptyp0}, on the other hand, will test the
+build environment.  Remember that the configure script is running on the
+build system, not the host system.  If your configure scripts examines
+files, those files will be on the build system.  Whatever you determine
+based on those files may or may not be the case on the host system.
+
+Most autoconf macros will work correctly for a Canadian Cross.  The main
+exception is @samp{AC_TRY_RUN}.  This macro tries to compile and run a
+test program.  This will fail in a Canadian Cross, because the program
+will be compiled for the host system, which means that it will not run
+on the build system.
+
+The @samp{AC_TRY_RUN} macro provides an optional argument to tell the
+configure script what to do in a Canadian Cross.  If that argument is
+not present, you will get a warning when you run @samp{autoconf}:
+@smallexample
+warning: AC_TRY_RUN called without default to allow cross compiling
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+This tells you that the resulting @file{configure} script will not work
+with a Canadian Cross.
+
+In some cases while it may better to perform a test at configure time,
+it is also possible to perform the test at run time.  In such a case you
+can use the cross compiling argument to @samp{AC_TRY_RUN} to tell your
+program that the test could not be performed at configure time.
+
+There are a few other autoconf macros which will not work correctly with
+a Canadian Cross: a partial list is @samp{AC_FUNC_GETPGRP},
+@samp{AC_FUNC_SETPGRP}, @samp{AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}, and
+@samp{AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}.  The @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF} macro is
+generally not very useful with a Canadian Cross; it permits an optional
+argument indicating the default size, but there is no way to know what
+the correct default should be.
+
+@node CCross in Make
+@subsection Supporting Canadian Cross in Makefiles.
+@cindex canadian cross in makefile
+
+The main Canadian Cross issue in a @file{Makefile} arises when you want
+to use a subsidiary program to generate code or data which you will then
+include in your real program.
+
+If you compile this subsidiary program using @samp{$(CC)} in the usual
+way, you will not be able to run it.  This is because @samp{$(CC)} will
+build a program for the host system, but the program is being built on
+the build system.
+
+You must instead use a compiler for the build system, rather than the
+host system.  In the Cygnus tree, this make variable
+@samp{$(CC_FOR_BUILD)} will hold a compiler for the build system.
+
+Note that you should not include @file{config.h} in a file you are
+compiling with @samp{$(CC_FOR_BUILD)}.  The @file{configure} script will
+build @file{config.h} with information for the host system.  However,
+you are compiling the file using a compiler for the build system (a
+native compiler).  Subsidiary programs are normally simple filters which
+do no user interaction, and it is normally possible to write them in a
+highly portable fashion so that the absence of @file{config.h} is not
+crucial.
+
+@cindex @samp{HOST_CC}
+The gcc @file{Makefile.in} shows a complex situation in which certain
+files, such as @file{rtl.c}, must be compiled into both subsidiary
+programs run on the build system and into the final program.  This
+approach may be of interest for advanced build system hackers.  Note
+that the build system compiler is rather confusingly called
+@samp{HOST_CC}.
+
+@node Cygnus Configure
+@chapter Cygnus Configure
+@cindex cygnus configure
+
+The Cygnus configure script predates autoconf.  All of its interesting
+features have been incorporated into autoconf.  No new programs should
+be written to use the Cygnus configure script.
+
+However, the Cygnus configure script is still used in a few places: at
+the top of the Cygnus tree and in a few target libraries in the Cygnus
+tree.  Until those uses have been replaced with autoconf, some brief
+notes are appropriate here.  This is not complete documentation, but it
+should be possible to use this as a guide while examining the scripts
+themselves.
+
+@menu
+* Cygnus Configure Basics::		Cygnus Configure Basics.
+* Cygnus Configure in C++ Libraries::	Cygnus Configure in C++ Libraries.
+@end menu
+
+@node Cygnus Configure Basics
+@section Cygnus Configure Basics
+
+Cygnus configure does not use any generated files; there is no program
+corresponding to @samp{autoconf}.  Instead, there is a single shell
+script named @samp{configure} which may be found at the top of the
+Cygnus tree.  This shell script was written by hand; it was not
+generated by autoconf, and it is incorrect, and indeed harmful, to run
+@samp{autoconf} in the top level of a Cygnus tree.
+
+Cygnus configure works in a particular directory by examining the file
+@file{configure.in} in that directory.  That file is broken into four
+separate shell scripts.
+
+The first is the contents of @file{configure.in} up to a line that
+starts with @samp{# per-host:}.  This is the common part.
+
+The second is the rest of @file{configure.in} up to a line that starts
+with @samp{# per-target:}.  This is the per host part.
+
+The third is the rest of @file{configure.in} up to a line that starts
+with @samp{# post-target:}.  This is the per target part.
+
+The fourth is the remainder of @file{configure.in}.  This is the post
+target part.
+
+If any of these comment lines are missing, the corresponding shell
+script is empty.
+
+Cygnus configure will first execute the common part.  This must set the
+shell variable @samp{srctrigger} to the name of a source file, to
+confirm that Cygnus configure is looking at the right directory.  This
+may set the shell variables @samp{package_makefile_frag} and
+@samp{package_makefile_rules_frag}.
+
+Cygnus configure will next set the @samp{build} and @samp{host} shell
+variables, and execute the per host part.  This may set the shell
+variable @samp{host_makefile_frag}.
+
+Cygnus configure will next set the @samp{target} variable, and execute
+the per target part.  This may set the shell variable
+@samp{target_makefile_frag}.
+
+Any of these scripts may set the @samp{subdirs} shell variable.  This
+variable is a list of subdirectories where a @file{Makefile.in} file may
+be found.  Cygnus configure will automatically look for a
+@file{Makefile.in} file in the current directory.  The @samp{subdirs}
+shell variable is not normally used, and I believe that the only
+directory which uses it at present is @file{newlib}.
+
+For each @file{Makefile.in}, Cygnus configure will automatically create
+a @file{Makefile} by adding definitions for @samp{make} variables such
+as @samp{host} and @samp{target}, and automatically editing the values
+of @samp{make} variables such as @samp{prefix} if they are present.
+
+Also, if any of the @samp{makefile_frag} shell variables are set, Cygnus
+configure will interpret them as file names relative to either the
+working directory or the source directory, and will read the contents of
+the file into the generated @file{Makefile}.  The file contents will be
+read in after the first line in @file{Makefile.in} which starts with
+@samp{####}.
+
+These @file{Makefile} fragments are used to customize behaviour for a
+particular host or target.  They serve to select particular files to
+compile, and to define particular preprocessor macros by providing
+values for @samp{make} variables which are then used during compilation.
+Cygnus configure, unlike autoconf, normally does not do feature tests,
+and normally requires support to be added manually for each new host.
+
+The @file{Makefile} fragment support is similar to the autoconf
+@samp{AC_SUBST_FILE} macro.
+
+After creating each @file{Makefile}, the post target script will be run
+(i.e., it may be run several times).  This script may further customize
+the @file{Makefile}.  When it is run, the shell variable @samp{Makefile}
+will hold the name of the @file{Makefile}, including the appropriate
+directory component.
+
+Like an autoconf generated @file{configure} script, Cygnus configure
+will create a file named @file{config.status} which, when run, will
+automatically recreate the configuration.  The @file{config.status} file
+will simply execute the Cygnus configure script again with the
+appropriate arguments.
+
+Any of the parts of @file{configure.in} may set the shell variables
+@samp{files} and @samp{links}.  Cygnus configure will set up symlinks
+from the names in @samp{links} to the files named in @samp{files}.  This
+is similar to the autoconf @samp{AC_LINK_FILES} macro.
+
+Finally, any of the parts of @file{configure.in} may set the shell
+variable @samp{configdirs} to a set of subdirectories.  If it is set,
+Cygnus configure will recursively run the configure process in each
+subdirectory.  If the subdirectory uses Cygnus configure, it will
+contain a @file{configure.in} file but no @file{configure} file, in
+which case Cygnus configure will invoke itself recursively.  If the
+subdirectory has a @file{configure} file, Cygnus configure assumes that
+it is an autoconf generated @file{configure} script, and simply invokes
+it directly.
+
+@node Cygnus Configure in C++ Libraries
+@section Cygnus Configure in C++ Libraries
+@cindex @file{libstdc++} configure
+@cindex @file{libio} configure
+@cindex @file{libg++} configure
+
+The C++ library configure system, written by Per Bothner, deserves
+special mention.  It uses Cygnus configure, but it does feature testing
+like that done by autoconf generated @file{configure} scripts.  This
+approach is used in the libraries @file{libio}, @file{libstdc++}, and
+@file{libg++}.
+
+Most of the @file{Makefile} information is written out by the shell
+script @file{libio/config.shared}.  Each @file{configure.in} file sets
+certain shell variables, and then invokes @file{config.shared} to create
+two package @file{Makefile} fragments.  These fragments are then
+incorporated into the resulting @file{Makefile} by the Cygnus configure
+script.
+
+The file @file{_G_config.h} is created in the @file{libio} object
+directory by running the shell script @file{libio/gen-params}.  This
+shell script uses feature tests to define macros and typedefs in
+@file{_G_config.h}.
+
+@node Multilibs
+@chapter Multilibs
+@cindex multilibs
+
+For some targets gcc may have different processor requirements depending
+upon command line options.  An obvious example is the
+@samp{-msoft-float} option supported on several processors.  This option
+means that the floating point registers are not available, which means
+that floating point operations must be done by calling an emulation
+subroutine rather than by using machine instructions.
+
+For such options, gcc is often configured to compile target libraries
+twice: once with @samp{-msoft-float} and once without.  When gcc
+compiles target libraries more than once, the resulting libraries are
+called @dfn{multilibs}.
+
+Multilibs are not really part of the GNU configure and build system, but
+we discuss them here since they require support in the @file{configure}
+scripts and @file{Makefile}s used for target libraries.
+
+@menu
+* Multilibs in gcc::		        Multilibs in gcc.
+* Multilibs in Target Libraries::	Multilibs in Target Libraries.
+@end menu
+
+@node Multilibs in gcc
+@section Multilibs in gcc
+
+In gcc, multilibs are defined by setting the variable
+@samp{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} in the target @file{Makefile} fragment.  Several
+other @samp{MULTILIB} variables may also be defined there.  @xref{Target
+Fragment, , The Target Makefile Fragment, gcc, Using and Porting GNU
+CC}.
+
+If you have built gcc, you can see what multilibs it uses by running it
+with the @samp{-print-multi-lib} option.  The output @samp{.;} means
+that no multilibs are used.  In general, the output is a sequence of
+lines, one per multilib.  The first part of each line, up to the
+@samp{;}, is the name of the multilib directory.  The second part is a
+list of compiler options separated by @samp{@@} characters.
+
+Multilibs are built in a tree of directories.  The top of the tree,
+represented by @samp{.} in the list of multilib directories, is the
+default library to use when no special compiler options are used.  The
+subdirectories of the tree hold versions of the library to use when
+particular compiler options are used.
+
+@node Multilibs in Target Libraries
+@section Multilibs in Target Libraries
+
+The target libraries in the Cygnus tree are automatically built with
+multilibs.  That means that each library is built multiple times.
+
+This default is set in the top level @file{configure.in} file, by adding
+@samp{--enable-multilib} to the list of arguments passed to configure
+when it is run for the target libraries (@pxref{Host and Target
+Libraries}).
+
+Each target library uses the shell script @file{config-ml.in}, written
+by Doug Evans, to prepare to build target libraries.  This shell script
+is invoked after the @file{Makefile} has been created by the
+@file{configure} script.  If multilibs are not enabled, it does nothing,
+otherwise it modifies the @file{Makefile} to support multilibs.
+
+The @file{config-ml.in} script makes one copy of the @file{Makefile} for
+each multilib in the appropriate subdirectory.  When configuring in the
+source directory (which is not recommended), it will build a symlink
+tree of the sources in each subdirectory.
+
+The @file{config-ml.in} script sets several variables in the various
+@file{Makefile}s.  The @file{Makefile.in} must have definitions for
+these variables already; @file{config-ml.in} simply changes the existing
+values.  The @file{Makefile} should use default values for these
+variables which will do the right thing in the subdirectories.
+
+@table @samp
+@item MULTISRCTOP
+@file{config-ml.in} will set this to a sequence of @samp{../} strings,
+where the number of strings is the number of multilib levels in the
+source tree.  The default value should be the empty string.
+@item MULTIBUILDTOP
+@file{config-ml.in} will set this to a sequence of @samp{../} strings,
+where the number of strings is number of multilib levels in the object
+directory.  The default value should be the empty string.  This will
+differ from @samp{MULTISRCTOP} when configuring in the source tree
+(which is not recommended).
+@item MULTIDIRS
+In the top level @file{Makefile} only, @file{config-ml.in} will set this
+to the list of multilib subdirectories.  The default value should be the
+empty string.
+@item MULTISUBDIR
+@file{config-ml.in} will set this to the installed subdirectory name to
+use for this subdirectory, with a leading @samp{/}.  The default value
+shold be the empty string.
+@item MULTIDO
+@itemx MULTICLEAN
+In the top level @file{Makefile} only, @file{config-ml.in} will set
+these variables to commands to use when doing a recursive make.  These
+variables should both default to the string @samp{true}, so that by
+default nothing happens.
+@end table
+
+All references to the parent of the source directory should use the
+variable @samp{MULTISRCTOP}.  Instead of writing @samp{$(srcdir)/..},
+you must write @samp{$(srcdir)/$(MULTISRCTOP)..}.
+
+Similarly, references to the parent of the object directory should use
+the variable @samp{MULTIBUILDTOP}.
+
+In the installation target, the libraries should be installed in the
+subdirectory @samp{MULTISUBDIR}.  Instead of installing
+@samp{$(libdir)/libfoo.a}, install
+@samp{$(libdir)$(MULTISUBDIR)/libfoo.a}.
+
+The @file{config-ml.in} script also modifies the top level
+@file{Makefile} to add @samp{multi-do} and @samp{multi-clean} targets
+which are used when building multilibs.
+
+The default target of the @file{Makefile} should include the following
+command:
+@smallexample
+@@$(MULTIDO) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) DO=all multi-do
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+This assumes that @samp{$(FLAGS_TO_PASS)} is defined as a set of
+variables to pass to a recursive invocation of @samp{make}.  This will
+build all the multilibs.  Note that the default value of @samp{MULTIDO}
+is @samp{true}, so by default this command will do nothing.  It will
+only do something in the top level @file{Makefile} if multilibs were
+enabled.
+
+The @samp{install} target of the @file{Makefile} should include the
+following command:
+@smallexample
+@@$(MULTIDO) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) DO=install multi-do
+@end smallexample
+
+In general, any operation, other than clean, which should be performed
+on all the multilibs should use a @samp{$(MULTIDO)} line, setting the
+variable @samp{DO} to the target of each recursive call to @samp{make}.
+
+The @samp{clean} targets (@samp{clean}, @samp{mostlyclean}, etc.) should
+use @samp{$(MULTICLEAN)}.  For example, the @samp{clean} target should
+do this:
+@smallexample
+@@$(MULTICLEAN) DO=clean multi-clean
+@end smallexample
+
+@node FAQ
+@chapter Frequently Asked Questions
+
+@table @asis
+@item Which do I run first, @samp{autoconf} or @samp{automake}?
+Except when you first add autoconf or automake support to a package, you
+shouldn't run either by hand.  Instead, configure with the
+@samp{--enable-maintainer-mode} option, and let @samp{make} take care of
+it.
+
+@cindex undefined macros
+@item @samp{autoconf} says something about undefined macros.
+This means that you have macros in your @file{configure.in} which are
+not defined by @samp{autoconf}.  You may be using an old version of
+@samp{autoconf}; try building and installing a newer one.  Make sure the
+newly installled @samp{autoconf} is first on your @samp{PATH}.  Also,
+see the next question.
+
+@cindex @samp{CY_GNU_GETTEXT} in @file{configure}
+@cindex @samp{AM_PROG_LIBTOOL} in @file{configure}
+@item My @file{configure} script has stuff like @samp{CY_GNU_GETTEXT} in it.
+This means that you have macros in your @file{configure.in} which should
+be defined in your @file{aclocal.m4} file, but aren't.  This usually
+means that @samp{aclocal} was not able to appropriate definitions of the
+macros.  Make sure that you have installed all the packages you need.
+In particular, make sure that you have installed libtool (this is where
+@samp{AM_PROG_LIBTOOL} is defined) and gettext (this is where
+@samp{CY_GNU_GETTEXT} is defined, at least in the Cygnus version of
+gettext).
+
+@cindex @file{Makefile}, garbage characters
+@item My @file{Makefile} has @samp{@@} characters in it.
+This may mean that you tried to use an autoconf substitution in your
+@file{Makefile.in} without adding the appropriate @samp{AC_SUBST} call
+to your @file{configure} script.  Or it may just mean that you need to
+rebuild @file{Makefile} in your build directory.  To rebuild
+@file{Makefile} from @file{Makefile.in}, run the shell script
+@file{config.status} with no arguments.  If you need to force
+@file{configure} to run again, first run @samp{config.status --recheck}.
+These runs are normally done automatically by @file{Makefile} targets,
+but if your @file{Makefile} has gotten messed up you'll need to help
+them along.
+
+@cindex @samp{config.status --recheck}
+@item Why do I have to run both @samp{config.status --recheck} and @samp{config.status}?
+Normally, you don't; they will be run automatically by @file{Makefile}
+targets.  If you do need to run them, use @samp{config.status --recheck}
+to run the @file{configure} script again with the same arguments as the
+first time you ran it.  Use @samp{config.status} (with no arguments) to
+regenerate all files (@file{Makefile}, @file{config.h}, etc.) based on
+the results of the configure script.  The two cases are separate because
+it isn't always necessary to regenerate all the files after running
+@samp{config.status --recheck}.  The @file{Makefile} targets generated
+by automake will use the environment variables @samp{CONFIG_FILES} and
+@samp{CONFIG_HEADERS} to only regenerate files as they are needed.
+
+@item What is the Cygnus tree?
+The Cygnus tree is used for various packages including gdb, the GNU
+binutils, and egcs.  It is also, of course, used for Cygnus releases.
+It is the build system which was developed at Cygnus, using the Cygnus
+configure script.  It permits building many different packages with a
+single configure and make.  The configure scripts in the tree are being
+converted to autoconf, but the general build structure remains intact.
+
+@item Why do I have to keep rebuilding and reinstalling the tools?
+I know, it's a pain.  Unfortunately, there are bugs in the tools
+themselves which need to be fixed, and each time that happens everybody
+who uses the tools need to reinstall new versions of them.  I don't know
+if there is going to be a clever fix until the tools stabilize.
+
+@item Why not just have a Cygnus tree @samp{make} target to update the tools?
+The tools unfortunately need to be installed before they can be used.
+That means that they must be built using an appropriate prefix, and it
+seems unwise to assume that every configuration uses an appropriate
+prefix.  It might be possible to make them work in place, or it might be
+possible to install them in some subdirectory; so far these approaches
+have not been implemented.
+@end table
+
+@node Index
+@unnumbered Index
+
+@printindex cp
+
+@contents
+@bye
diff --git a/etc/make-stds.texi b/etc/make-stds.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2149764
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/make-stds.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,914 @@
+@comment This file is included by both standards.texi and make.texinfo.
+@comment It was broken out of standards.texi on 1/6/93 by roland.
+
+@node Makefile Conventions
+@chapter Makefile Conventions
+@comment standards.texi does not print an index, but make.texinfo does.
+@cindex makefile, conventions for
+@cindex conventions for makefiles
+@cindex standards for makefiles
+
+This
+@ifinfo
+node
+@end ifinfo
+@iftex
+@ifset CODESTD
+section
+@end ifset
+@ifclear CODESTD
+chapter
+@end ifclear
+@end iftex
+describes conventions for writing the Makefiles for GNU programs.
+
+@menu
+* Makefile Basics::		General Conventions for Makefiles
+* Utilities in Makefiles::	Utilities in Makefiles
+* Command Variables::		Variables for Specifying Commands
+* Directory Variables::		Variables for Installation Directories
+* Standard Targets::		Standard Targets for Users
+* Install Command Categories::  Three categories of commands in the `install'
+                                  rule: normal, pre-install and post-install.
+@end menu
+
+@node Makefile Basics
+@section General Conventions for Makefiles
+
+Every Makefile should contain this line:
+
+@example
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+to avoid trouble on systems where the @code{SHELL} variable might be
+inherited from the environment.  (This is never a problem with GNU
+@code{make}.)
+
+Different @code{make} programs have incompatible suffix lists and
+implicit rules, and this sometimes creates confusion or misbehavior.  So
+it is a good idea to set the suffix list explicitly using only the
+suffixes you need in the particular Makefile, like this:
+
+@example
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The first line clears out the suffix list, the second introduces all
+suffixes which may be subject to implicit rules in this Makefile.
+
+Don't assume that @file{.} is in the path for command execution.  When
+you need to run programs that are a part of your package during the
+make, please make sure that it uses @file{./} if the program is built as
+part of the make or @file{$(srcdir)/} if the file is an unchanging part
+of the source code.  Without one of these prefixes, the current search
+path is used.
+
+The distinction between @file{./} (the @dfn{build directory}) and
+@file{$(srcdir)/} (the @dfn{source directory}) is important because
+users can build in a separate directory using the @samp{--srcdir} option
+to @file{configure}.  A rule of the form:
+
+@smallexample
+foo.1 : foo.man sedscript
+        sed -e sedscript foo.man > foo.1
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+will fail when the build directory is not the source directory, because
+@file{foo.man} and @file{sedscript} are in the the source directory.
+
+When using GNU @code{make}, relying on @samp{VPATH} to find the source
+file will work in the case where there is a single dependency file,
+since the @code{make} automatic variable @samp{$<} will represent the
+source file wherever it is.  (Many versions of @code{make} set @samp{$<}
+only in implicit rules.)  A Makefile target like
+
+@smallexample
+foo.o : bar.c
+        $(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) -c bar.c -o foo.o
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+should instead be written as
+
+@smallexample
+foo.o : bar.c
+        $(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) -c $< -o $@@
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+in order to allow @samp{VPATH} to work correctly.  When the target has
+multiple dependencies, using an explicit @samp{$(srcdir)} is the easiest
+way to make the rule work well.  For example, the target above for
+@file{foo.1} is best written as:
+
+@smallexample
+foo.1 : foo.man sedscript
+        sed -e $(srcdir)/sedscript $(srcdir)/foo.man > $@@
+@end smallexample
+
+GNU distributions usually contain some files which are not source
+files---for example, Info files, and the output from Autoconf, Automake,
+Bison or Flex.  Since these files normally appear in the source
+directory, they should always appear in the source directory, not in the
+build directory.  So Makefile rules to update them should put the
+updated files in the source directory.
+
+However, if a file does not appear in the distribution, then the
+Makefile should not put it in the source directory, because building a
+program in ordinary circumstances should not modify the source directory
+in any way.
+
+Try to make the build and installation targets, at least (and all their
+subtargets) work correctly with a parallel @code{make}.
+
+@node Utilities in Makefiles
+@section Utilities in Makefiles
+
+Write the Makefile commands (and any shell scripts, such as
+@code{configure}) to run in @code{sh}, not in @code{csh}.  Don't use any
+special features of @code{ksh} or @code{bash}.
+
+The @code{configure} script and the Makefile rules for building and
+installation should not use any utilities directly except these:
+
+@c dd find
+@c gunzip gzip md5sum
+@c mkfifo mknod tee uname 
+
+@example
+cat cmp cp diff echo egrep expr false grep install-info
+ln ls mkdir mv pwd rm rmdir sed sleep sort tar test touch true
+@end example
+
+The compression program @code{gzip} can be used in the @code{dist} rule.
+
+Stick to the generally supported options for these programs.  For
+example, don't use @samp{mkdir -p}, convenient as it may be, because
+most systems don't support it.
+
+It is a good idea to avoid creating symbolic links in makefiles, since a
+few systems don't support them.
+
+The Makefile rules for building and installation can also use compilers
+and related programs, but should do so via @code{make} variables so that the
+user can substitute alternatives.  Here are some of the programs we
+mean:
+
+@example
+ar bison cc flex install ld ldconfig lex
+make makeinfo ranlib texi2dvi yacc
+@end example
+
+Use the following @code{make} variables to run those programs:
+
+@example
+$(AR) $(BISON) $(CC) $(FLEX) $(INSTALL) $(LD) $(LDCONFIG) $(LEX)
+$(MAKE) $(MAKEINFO) $(RANLIB) $(TEXI2DVI) $(YACC)
+@end example
+
+When you use @code{ranlib} or @code{ldconfig}, you should make sure
+nothing bad happens if the system does not have the program in question.
+Arrange to ignore an error from that command, and print a message before
+the command to tell the user that failure of this command does not mean
+a problem.  (The Autoconf @samp{AC_PROG_RANLIB} macro can help with
+this.)
+
+If you use symbolic links, you should implement a fallback for systems
+that don't have symbolic links.
+
+Additional utilities that can be used via Make variables are:
+
+@example
+chgrp chmod chown mknod
+@end example
+
+It is ok to use other utilities in Makefile portions (or scripts)
+intended only for particular systems where you know those utilities
+exist.
+
+@node Command Variables
+@section Variables for Specifying Commands
+
+Makefiles should provide variables for overriding certain commands, options,
+and so on.
+
+In particular, you should run most utility programs via variables.
+Thus, if you use Bison, have a variable named @code{BISON} whose default
+value is set with @samp{BISON = bison}, and refer to it with
+@code{$(BISON)} whenever you need to use Bison.
+
+File management utilities such as @code{ln}, @code{rm}, @code{mv}, and
+so on, need not be referred to through variables in this way, since users
+don't need to replace them with other programs.
+
+Each program-name variable should come with an options variable that is
+used to supply options to the program.  Append @samp{FLAGS} to the
+program-name variable name to get the options variable name---for
+example, @code{BISONFLAGS}.  (The names @code{CFLAGS} for the C
+compiler, @code{YFLAGS} for yacc, and @code{LFLAGS} for lex, are
+exceptions to this rule, but we keep them because they are standard.)
+Use @code{CPPFLAGS} in any compilation command that runs the
+preprocessor, and use @code{LDFLAGS} in any compilation command that
+does linking as well as in any direct use of @code{ld}.
+
+If there are C compiler options that @emph{must} be used for proper
+compilation of certain files, do not include them in @code{CFLAGS}.
+Users expect to be able to specify @code{CFLAGS} freely themselves.
+Instead, arrange to pass the necessary options to the C compiler
+independently of @code{CFLAGS}, by writing them explicitly in the
+compilation commands or by defining an implicit rule, like this:
+
+@smallexample
+CFLAGS = -g
+ALL_CFLAGS = -I. $(CFLAGS)
+.c.o:
+        $(CC) -c $(CPPFLAGS) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $<
+@end smallexample
+
+Do include the @samp{-g} option in @code{CFLAGS}, because that is not
+@emph{required} for proper compilation.  You can consider it a default
+that is only recommended.  If the package is set up so that it is
+compiled with GCC by default, then you might as well include @samp{-O}
+in the default value of @code{CFLAGS} as well.
+
+Put @code{CFLAGS} last in the compilation command, after other variables
+containing compiler options, so the user can use @code{CFLAGS} to
+override the others.
+
+@code{CFLAGS} should be used in every invocation of the C compiler,
+both those which do compilation and those which do linking.
+
+Every Makefile should define the variable @code{INSTALL}, which is the
+basic command for installing a file into the system.
+
+Every Makefile should also define the variables @code{INSTALL_PROGRAM}
+and @code{INSTALL_DATA}.  (The default for each of these should be
+@code{$(INSTALL)}.)  Then it should use those variables as the commands
+for actual installation, for executables and nonexecutables
+respectively.  Use these variables as follows:
+
+@example
+$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) foo $(bindir)/foo
+$(INSTALL_DATA) libfoo.a $(libdir)/libfoo.a
+@end example
+
+Optionally, you may prepend the value of @code{DESTDIR} to the target
+filename.  Doing this allows the installer to create a snapshot of the
+installation to be copied onto the real target filesystem later.  Do not
+set the value of @code{DESTDIR} in your Makefile, and do not include it
+in any installed files.  With support for @code{DESTDIR}, the above
+examples become:
+
+@example
+$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) foo $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/foo
+$(INSTALL_DATA) libfoo.a $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libfoo.a
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Always use a file name, not a directory name, as the second argument of
+the installation commands.  Use a separate command for each file to be
+installed.
+
+@node Directory Variables
+@section Variables for Installation Directories
+
+Installation directories should always be named by variables, so it is
+easy to install in a nonstandard place.  The standard names for these
+variables are described below.  They are based on a standard filesystem
+layout; variants of it are used in SVR4, 4.4BSD, Linux, Ultrix v4, and
+other modern operating systems.
+
+These two variables set the root for the installation.  All the other
+installation directories should be subdirectories of one of these two,
+and nothing should be directly installed into these two directories.
+
+@table @samp
+@item prefix
+A prefix used in constructing the default values of the variables listed
+below.  The default value of @code{prefix} should be @file{/usr/local}.
+When building the complete GNU system, the prefix will be empty and
+@file{/usr} will be a symbolic link to @file{/}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@prefix@@}.)
+
+Running @samp{make install} with a different value of @code{prefix}
+from the one used to build the program should @var{not} recompile
+the program.
+
+@item exec_prefix
+A prefix used in constructing the default values of some of the
+variables listed below.  The default value of @code{exec_prefix} should
+be @code{$(prefix)}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@exec_prefix@@}.)
+
+Generally, @code{$(exec_prefix)} is used for directories that contain
+machine-specific files (such as executables and subroutine libraries),
+while @code{$(prefix)} is used directly for other directories.
+
+Running @samp{make install} with a different value of @code{exec_prefix}
+from the one used to build the program should @var{not} recompile the
+program.
+@end table
+
+Executable programs are installed in one of the following directories.
+
+@table @samp
+@item bindir
+The directory for installing executable programs that users can run.
+This should normally be @file{/usr/local/bin}, but write it as
+@file{$(exec_prefix)/bin}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@bindir@@}.)
+
+@item sbindir
+The directory for installing executable programs that can be run from
+the shell, but are only generally useful to system administrators.  This
+should normally be @file{/usr/local/sbin}, but write it as
+@file{$(exec_prefix)/sbin}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sbindir@@}.)
+
+@item libexecdir
+@comment This paragraph adjusted to avoid overfull hbox --roland 5jul94
+The directory for installing executable programs to be run by other
+programs rather than by users.  This directory should normally be
+@file{/usr/local/libexec}, but write it as @file{$(exec_prefix)/libexec}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@libexecdir@@}.)
+@end table
+
+Data files used by the program during its execution are divided into
+categories in two ways.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Some files are normally modified by programs; others are never normally
+modified (though users may edit some of these).
+
+@item
+Some files are architecture-independent and can be shared by all
+machines at a site; some are architecture-dependent and can be shared
+only by machines of the same kind and operating system; others may never
+be shared between two machines.
+@end itemize
+
+This makes for six different possibilities.  However, we want to
+discourage the use of architecture-dependent files, aside from object
+files and libraries.  It is much cleaner to make other data files
+architecture-independent, and it is generally not hard.
+
+Therefore, here are the variables Makefiles should use to specify
+directories:
+
+@table @samp
+@item datadir
+The directory for installing read-only architecture independent data
+files.  This should normally be @file{/usr/local/share}, but write it as
+@file{$(prefix)/share}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@datadir@@}.)
+As a special exception, see @file{$(infodir)}
+and @file{$(includedir)} below.
+
+@item sysconfdir
+The directory for installing read-only data files that pertain to a
+single machine--that is to say, files for configuring a host.  Mailer
+and network configuration files, @file{/etc/passwd}, and so forth belong
+here.  All the files in this directory should be ordinary ASCII text
+files.  This directory should normally be @file{/usr/local/etc}, but
+write it as @file{$(prefix)/etc}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sysconfdir@@}.)
+
+Do not install executables here in this directory (they probably belong
+in @file{$(libexecdir)} or @file{$(sbindir)}).  Also do not install
+files that are modified in the normal course of their use (programs
+whose purpose is to change the configuration of the system excluded).
+Those probably belong in @file{$(localstatedir)}.
+
+@item sharedstatedir
+The directory for installing architecture-independent data files which
+the programs modify while they run.  This should normally be
+@file{/usr/local/com}, but write it as @file{$(prefix)/com}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sharedstatedir@@}.)
+
+@item localstatedir
+The directory for installing data files which the programs modify while
+they run, and that pertain to one specific machine.  Users should never
+need to modify files in this directory to configure the package's
+operation; put such configuration information in separate files that go
+in @file{$(datadir)} or @file{$(sysconfdir)}.  @file{$(localstatedir)}
+should normally be @file{/usr/local/var}, but write it as
+@file{$(prefix)/var}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@localstatedir@@}.)
+
+@item libdir
+The directory for object files and libraries of object code.  Do not
+install executables here, they probably ought to go in @file{$(libexecdir)}
+instead.  The value of @code{libdir} should normally be
+@file{/usr/local/lib}, but write it as @file{$(exec_prefix)/lib}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@libdir@@}.)
+
+@item infodir
+The directory for installing the Info files for this package.  By
+default, it should be @file{/usr/local/info}, but it should be written
+as @file{$(prefix)/info}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@infodir@@}.)
+
+@item lispdir
+The directory for installing any Emacs Lisp files in this package.  By
+default, it should be @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp}, but it
+should be written as @file{$(prefix)/share/emacs/site-lisp}.
+
+If you are using Autoconf, write the default as @samp{@@lispdir@@}.
+In order to make @samp{@@lispdir@@} work, you need the following lines
+in your @file{configure.in} file:
+
+@example
+lispdir='$@{datadir@}/emacs/site-lisp'
+AC_SUBST(lispdir)
+@end example
+
+@item includedir
+@c rewritten to avoid overfull hbox --roland
+The directory for installing header files to be included by user
+programs with the C @samp{#include} preprocessor directive.  This
+should normally be @file{/usr/local/include}, but write it as
+@file{$(prefix)/include}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@includedir@@}.)
+
+Most compilers other than GCC do not look for header files in directory
+@file{/usr/local/include}.  So installing the header files this way is
+only useful with GCC.  Sometimes this is not a problem because some
+libraries are only really intended to work with GCC.  But some libraries
+are intended to work with other compilers.  They should install their
+header files in two places, one specified by @code{includedir} and one
+specified by @code{oldincludedir}.
+
+@item oldincludedir
+The directory for installing @samp{#include} header files for use with
+compilers other than GCC.  This should normally be @file{/usr/include}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, you can write it as @samp{@@oldincludedir@@}.)
+
+The Makefile commands should check whether the value of
+@code{oldincludedir} is empty.  If it is, they should not try to use
+it; they should cancel the second installation of the header files.
+
+A package should not replace an existing header in this directory unless
+the header came from the same package.  Thus, if your Foo package
+provides a header file @file{foo.h}, then it should install the header
+file in the @code{oldincludedir} directory if either (1) there is no
+@file{foo.h} there or (2) the @file{foo.h} that exists came from the Foo
+package.
+
+To tell whether @file{foo.h} came from the Foo package, put a magic
+string in the file---part of a comment---and @code{grep} for that string.
+@end table
+
+Unix-style man pages are installed in one of the following:
+
+@table @samp
+@item mandir
+The top-level directory for installing the man pages (if any) for this
+package.  It will normally be @file{/usr/local/man}, but you should
+write it as @file{$(prefix)/man}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@mandir@@}.)
+
+@item man1dir
+The directory for installing section 1 man pages.  Write it as
+@file{$(mandir)/man1}.
+@item man2dir
+The directory for installing section 2 man pages.  Write it as
+@file{$(mandir)/man2}
+@item @dots{}
+
+@strong{Don't make the primary documentation for any GNU software be a
+man page.  Write a manual in Texinfo instead.  Man pages are just for
+the sake of people running GNU software on Unix, which is a secondary
+application only.}
+
+@item manext
+The file name extension for the installed man page.  This should contain
+a period followed by the appropriate digit; it should normally be @samp{.1}.
+
+@item man1ext
+The file name extension for installed section 1 man pages.
+@item man2ext
+The file name extension for installed section 2 man pages.
+@item @dots{}
+Use these names instead of @samp{manext} if the package needs to install man
+pages in more than one section of the manual.
+@end table
+
+And finally, you should set the following variable:
+
+@table @samp
+@item srcdir
+The directory for the sources being compiled.  The value of this
+variable is normally inserted by the @code{configure} shell script.
+(If you are using Autconf, use @samp{srcdir = @@srcdir@@}.)
+@end table
+
+For example:
+
+@smallexample
+@c I have changed some of the comments here slightly to fix an overfull
+@c hbox, so the make manual can format correctly. --roland
+# Common prefix for installation directories.
+# NOTE: This directory must exist when you start the install.
+prefix = /usr/local
+exec_prefix = $(prefix)
+# Where to put the executable for the command `gcc'.
+bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin
+# Where to put the directories used by the compiler.
+libexecdir = $(exec_prefix)/libexec
+# Where to put the Info files.
+infodir = $(prefix)/info
+@end smallexample
+
+If your program installs a large number of files into one of the
+standard user-specified directories, it might be useful to group them
+into a subdirectory particular to that program.  If you do this, you
+should write the @code{install} rule to create these subdirectories.
+
+Do not expect the user to include the subdirectory name in the value of
+any of the variables listed above.  The idea of having a uniform set of
+variable names for installation directories is to enable the user to
+specify the exact same values for several different GNU packages.  In
+order for this to be useful, all the packages must be designed so that
+they will work sensibly when the user does so.
+
+@node Standard Targets
+@section Standard Targets for Users
+
+All GNU programs should have the following targets in their Makefiles:
+
+@table @samp
+@item all
+Compile the entire program.  This should be the default target.  This
+target need not rebuild any documentation files; Info files should
+normally be included in the distribution, and DVI files should be made
+only when explicitly asked for.
+
+By default, the Make rules should compile and link with @samp{-g}, so
+that executable programs have debugging symbols.  Users who don't mind
+being helpless can strip the executables later if they wish.
+
+@item install
+Compile the program and copy the executables, libraries, and so on to
+the file names where they should reside for actual use.  If there is a
+simple test to verify that a program is properly installed, this target
+should run that test.
+
+Do not strip executables when installing them.  Devil-may-care users can
+use the @code{install-strip} target to do that.
+
+If possible, write the @code{install} target rule so that it does not
+modify anything in the directory where the program was built, provided
+@samp{make all} has just been done.  This is convenient for building the
+program under one user name and installing it under another.
+
+The commands should create all the directories in which files are to be
+installed, if they don't already exist.  This includes the directories
+specified as the values of the variables @code{prefix} and
+@code{exec_prefix}, as well as all subdirectories that are needed.
+One way to do this is by means of an @code{installdirs} target
+as described below.
+
+Use @samp{-} before any command for installing a man page, so that
+@code{make} will ignore any errors.  This is in case there are systems
+that don't have the Unix man page documentation system installed.
+
+The way to install Info files is to copy them into @file{$(infodir)}
+with @code{$(INSTALL_DATA)} (@pxref{Command Variables}), and then run
+the @code{install-info} program if it is present.  @code{install-info}
+is a program that edits the Info @file{dir} file to add or update the
+menu entry for the given Info file; it is part of the Texinfo package.
+Here is a sample rule to install an Info file:
+
+@comment This example has been carefully formatted for the Make manual.
+@comment Please do not reformat it without talking to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu.
+@smallexample
+$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/foo.info: foo.info
+        $(POST_INSTALL)
+# There may be a newer info file in . than in srcdir.
+        -if test -f foo.info; then d=.; \
+         else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+        $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/foo.info $(DESTDIR)$@@; \
+# Run install-info only if it exists.
+# Use `if' instead of just prepending `-' to the
+# line so we notice real errors from install-info.
+# We use `$(SHELL) -c' because some shells do not
+# fail gracefully when there is an unknown command.
+        if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' \
+           >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+          install-info --dir-file=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/dir \
+                       $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/foo.info; \
+        else true; fi
+@end smallexample
+
+When writing the @code{install} target, you must classify all the
+commands into three categories: normal ones, @dfn{pre-installation}
+commands and @dfn{post-installation} commands.  @xref{Install Command
+Categories}.
+
+@item uninstall
+Delete all the installed files---the copies that the @samp{install}
+target creates.
+
+This rule should not modify the directories where compilation is done,
+only the directories where files are installed.
+
+The uninstallation commands are divided into three categories, just like
+the installation commands.  @xref{Install Command Categories}.
+
+@item install-strip
+Like @code{install}, but strip the executable files while installing
+them.  In many cases, the definition of this target can be very simple:
+
+@smallexample
+install-strip:
+        $(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' \
+                install
+@end smallexample
+
+Normally we do not recommend stripping an executable unless you are sure
+the program has no bugs.  However, it can be reasonable to install a
+stripped executable for actual execution while saving the unstripped
+executable elsewhere in case there is a bug.
+
+@comment The gratuitous blank line here is to make the table look better
+@comment in the printed Make manual.  Please leave it in.
+@item clean
+
+Delete all files from the current directory that are normally created by
+building the program.  Don't delete the files that record the
+configuration.  Also preserve files that could be made by building, but
+normally aren't because the distribution comes with them.
+
+Delete @file{.dvi} files here if they are not part of the distribution.
+
+@item distclean
+Delete all files from the current directory that are created by
+configuring or building the program.  If you have unpacked the source
+and built the program without creating any other files, @samp{make
+distclean} should leave only the files that were in the distribution.
+
+@item mostlyclean
+Like @samp{clean}, but may refrain from deleting a few files that people
+normally don't want to recompile.  For example, the @samp{mostlyclean}
+target for GCC does not delete @file{libgcc.a}, because recompiling it
+is rarely necessary and takes a lot of time.
+
+@item maintainer-clean
+Delete almost everything from the current directory that can be
+reconstructed with this Makefile.  This typically includes everything
+deleted by @code{distclean}, plus more: C source files produced by
+Bison, tags tables, Info files, and so on.
+
+The reason we say ``almost everything'' is that running the command
+@samp{make maintainer-clean} should not delete @file{configure} even if
+@file{configure} can be remade using a rule in the Makefile.  More generally,
+@samp{make maintainer-clean} should not delete anything that needs to
+exist in order to run @file{configure} and then begin to build the
+program.  This is the only exception; @code{maintainer-clean} should
+delete everything else that can be rebuilt.
+
+The @samp{maintainer-clean} target is intended to be used by a maintainer of
+the package, not by ordinary users.  You may need special tools to
+reconstruct some of the files that @samp{make maintainer-clean} deletes.
+Since these files are normally included in the distribution, we don't
+take care to make them easy to reconstruct.  If you find you need to
+unpack the full distribution again, don't blame us.
+
+To help make users aware of this, the commands for the special
+@code{maintainer-clean} target should start with these two:
+
+@smallexample
+@@echo 'This command is intended for maintainers to use; it'
+@@echo 'deletes files that may need special tools to rebuild.'
+@end smallexample
+
+@item TAGS
+Update a tags table for this program.
+@c ADR: how?
+
+@item info
+Generate any Info files needed.  The best way to write the rules is as
+follows:
+
+@smallexample
+info: foo.info
+
+foo.info: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi
+        $(MAKEINFO) $(srcdir)/foo.texi
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+You must define the variable @code{MAKEINFO} in the Makefile.  It should
+run the @code{makeinfo} program, which is part of the Texinfo
+distribution.
+
+Normally a GNU distribution comes with Info files, and that means the
+Info files are present in the source directory.  Therefore, the Make
+rule for an info file should update it in the source directory.  When
+users build the package, ordinarily Make will not update the Info files
+because they will already be up to date.
+
+@item dvi
+Generate DVI files for all Texinfo documentation.
+For example:
+
+@smallexample
+dvi: foo.dvi
+
+foo.dvi: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi
+        $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/foo.texi
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+You must define the variable @code{TEXI2DVI} in the Makefile.  It should
+run the program @code{texi2dvi}, which is part of the Texinfo
+distribution.@footnote{@code{texi2dvi} uses @TeX{} to do the real work
+of formatting. @TeX{} is not distributed with Texinfo.}  Alternatively,
+write just the dependencies, and allow GNU @code{make} to provide the command.
+
+@item dist
+Create a distribution tar file for this program.  The tar file should be
+set up so that the file names in the tar file start with a subdirectory
+name which is the name of the package it is a distribution for.  This
+name can include the version number.
+
+For example, the distribution tar file of GCC version 1.40 unpacks into
+a subdirectory named @file{gcc-1.40}.
+
+The easiest way to do this is to create a subdirectory appropriately
+named, use @code{ln} or @code{cp} to install the proper files in it, and
+then @code{tar} that subdirectory.
+
+Compress the tar file file with @code{gzip}.  For example, the actual
+distribution file for GCC version 1.40 is called @file{gcc-1.40.tar.gz}.
+
+The @code{dist} target should explicitly depend on all non-source files
+that are in the distribution, to make sure they are up to date in the
+distribution.
+@ifset CODESTD
+@xref{Releases, , Making Releases}.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear CODESTD
+@xref{Releases, , Making Releases, standards, GNU Coding Standards}.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item check
+Perform self-tests (if any).  The user must build the program before
+running the tests, but need not install the program; you should write
+the self-tests so that they work when the program is built but not
+installed.
+@end table
+
+The following targets are suggested as conventional names, for programs
+in which they are useful.
+
+@table @code
+@item installcheck
+Perform installation tests (if any).  The user must build and install
+the program before running the tests.  You should not assume that
+@file{$(bindir)} is in the search path.
+
+@item installdirs
+It's useful to add a target named @samp{installdirs} to create the
+directories where files are installed, and their parent directories.
+There is a script called @file{mkinstalldirs} which is convenient for
+this; you can find it in the Texinfo package.
+@c It's in /gd/gnu/lib/mkinstalldirs.
+You can use a rule like this:
+
+@comment This has been carefully formatted to look decent in the Make manual.
+@comment Please be sure not to make it extend any further to the right.--roland
+@smallexample
+# Make sure all installation directories (e.g. $(bindir))
+# actually exist by making them if necessary.
+installdirs: mkinstalldirs
+        $(srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(bindir) $(datadir) \
+                                $(libdir) $(infodir) \
+                                $(mandir)
+@end smallexample
+
+This rule should not modify the directories where compilation is done.
+It should do nothing but create installation directories.
+@end table
+
+@node Install Command Categories
+@section Install Command Categories
+
+@cindex pre-installation commands
+@cindex post-installation commands
+When writing the @code{install} target, you must classify all the
+commands into three categories: normal ones, @dfn{pre-installation}
+commands and @dfn{post-installation} commands.
+
+Normal commands move files into their proper places, and set their
+modes.  They may not alter any files except the ones that come entirely
+from the package they belong to.
+
+Pre-installation and post-installation commands may alter other files;
+in particular, they can edit global configuration files or data bases.
+
+Pre-installation commands are typically executed before the normal
+commands, and post-installation commands are typically run after the
+normal commands.
+
+The most common use for a post-installation command is to run
+@code{install-info}.  This cannot be done with a normal command, since
+it alters a file (the Info directory) which does not come entirely and
+solely from the package being installed.  It is a post-installation
+command because it needs to be done after the normal command which
+installs the package's Info files.
+
+Most programs don't need any pre-installation commands, but we have the
+feature just in case it is needed.
+
+To classify the commands in the @code{install} rule into these three
+categories, insert @dfn{category lines} among them.  A category line
+specifies the category for the commands that follow.
+
+A category line consists of a tab and a reference to a special Make
+variable, plus an optional comment at the end.  There are three
+variables you can use, one for each category; the variable name
+specifies the category.  Category lines are no-ops in ordinary execution
+because these three Make variables are normally undefined (and you
+@emph{should not} define them in the makefile).
+
+Here are the three possible category lines, each with a comment that
+explains what it means:
+
+@smallexample
+        $(PRE_INSTALL)     # @r{Pre-install commands follow.}
+        $(POST_INSTALL)    # @r{Post-install commands follow.}
+        $(NORMAL_INSTALL)  # @r{Normal commands follow.}
+@end smallexample
+
+If you don't use a category line at the beginning of the @code{install}
+rule, all the commands are classified as normal until the first category
+line.  If you don't use any category lines, all the commands are
+classified as normal.
+
+These are the category lines for @code{uninstall}:
+
+@smallexample
+        $(PRE_UNINSTALL)     # @r{Pre-uninstall commands follow.}
+        $(POST_UNINSTALL)    # @r{Post-uninstall commands follow.}
+        $(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)  # @r{Normal commands follow.}
+@end smallexample
+
+Typically, a pre-uninstall command would be used for deleting entries
+from the Info directory.
+
+If the @code{install} or @code{uninstall} target has any dependencies
+which act as subroutines of installation, then you should start
+@emph{each} dependency's commands with a category line, and start the
+main target's commands with a category line also.  This way, you can
+ensure that each command is placed in the right category regardless of
+which of the dependencies actually run.
+
+Pre-installation and post-installation commands should not run any
+programs except for these:
+
+@example
+[ basename bash cat chgrp chmod chown cmp cp dd diff echo
+egrep expand expr false fgrep find getopt grep gunzip gzip
+hostname install install-info kill ldconfig ln ls md5sum
+mkdir mkfifo mknod mv printenv pwd rm rmdir sed sort tee
+test touch true uname xargs yes
+@end example
+
+@cindex binary packages
+The reason for distinguishing the commands in this way is for the sake
+of making binary packages.  Typically a binary package contains all the
+executables and other files that need to be installed, and has its own
+method of installing them---so it does not need to run the normal
+installation commands.  But installing the binary package does need to
+execute the pre-installation and post-installation commands.
+
+Programs to build binary packages work by extracting the
+pre-installation and post-installation commands.  Here is one way of
+extracting the pre-installation commands:
+
+@smallexample
+make -n install -o all \
+      PRE_INSTALL=pre-install \
+      POST_INSTALL=post-install \
+      NORMAL_INSTALL=normal-install \
+  | gawk -f pre-install.awk
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+where the file @file{pre-install.awk} could contain this:
+
+@smallexample
+$0 ~ /^\t[ \t]*(normal_install|post_install)[ \t]*$/ @{on = 0@}
+on @{print $0@}
+$0 ~ /^\t[ \t]*pre_install[ \t]*$/ @{on = 1@}
+@end smallexample
+
+The resulting file of pre-installation commands is executed as a shell
+script as part of installing the binary package.
diff --git a/etc/standards.texi b/etc/standards.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..910bf8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/standards.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,3093 @@
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@c %**start of header
+@setfilename standards.info
+@settitle GNU Coding Standards
+@c This date is automagically updated when you save this file:
+@set lastupdate March 13, 1998
+@c %**end of header
+
+@ifinfo
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Standards: (standards).        GNU coding standards.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+
+@c @setchapternewpage odd
+@setchapternewpage off
+
+@c This is used by a cross ref in make-stds.texi
+@set CODESTD  1
+@iftex
+@set CHAPTER chapter
+@end iftex
+@ifinfo
+@set CHAPTER node
+@end ifinfo
+
+@ifinfo
+GNU Coding Standards
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+@end ignore
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@titlepage
+@title GNU Coding Standards
+@author Richard Stallman
+@author last updated @value{lastupdate}
+@page
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+@end titlepage
+
+@ifinfo
+@node Top, Preface, (dir), (dir)
+@top Version
+
+Last updated @value{lastupdate}.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@menu
+* Preface::                     About the GNU Coding Standards
+* Intellectual Property::       Keeping Free Software Free
+* Design Advice::               General Program Design
+* Program Behavior::            Program Behavior for All Programs
+* Writing C::                   Making The Best Use of C
+* Documentation::               Documenting Programs
+* Managing Releases::           The Release Process
+@end menu
+
+@node Preface
+@chapter About the GNU Coding Standards
+
+The GNU Coding Standards were written by Richard Stallman and other GNU
+Project volunteers.  Their purpose is to make the GNU system clean,
+consistent, and easy to install.  This document can also be read as a
+guide to writing portable, robust and reliable programs.  It focuses on
+programs written in C, but many of the rules and principles are useful
+even if you write in another programming language.  The rules often
+state reasons for writing in a certain way.
+
+Corrections or suggestions for this document should be sent to
+@email{gnu@@gnu.org}.  If you make a suggestion, please include a
+suggested new wording for it; our time is limited.  We prefer a context
+diff to the @file{standards.texi} or @file{make-stds.texi} files, but if
+you don't have those files, please mail your suggestion anyway.
+
+This release of the GNU Coding Standards was last updated
+@value{lastupdate}.
+
+@node Intellectual Property
+@chapter Keeping Free Software Free
+
+This @value{CHAPTER} discusses how you can make sure that GNU software
+remains unencumbered.
+
+@menu
+* Reading Non-Free Code::       Referring to Proprietary Programs
+* Contributions::               Accepting Contributions
+@end menu
+
+@node Reading Non-Free Code
+@section Referring to Proprietary Programs
+
+Don't in any circumstances refer to Unix source code for or during
+your work on GNU!  (Or to any other proprietary programs.)
+
+If you have a vague recollection of the internals of a Unix program,
+this does not absolutely mean you can't write an imitation of it, but
+do try to organize the imitation internally along different lines,
+because this is likely to make the details of the Unix version
+irrelevant and dissimilar to your results.
+
+For example, Unix utilities were generally optimized to minimize
+memory use; if you go for speed instead, your program will be very
+different.  You could keep the entire input file in core and scan it
+there instead of using stdio.  Use a smarter algorithm discovered more
+recently than the Unix program.  Eliminate use of temporary files.  Do
+it in one pass instead of two (we did this in the assembler).
+
+Or, on the contrary, emphasize simplicity instead of speed.  For some
+applications, the speed of today's computers makes simpler algorithms
+adequate.
+
+Or go for generality.  For example, Unix programs often have static
+tables or fixed-size strings, which make for arbitrary limits; use
+dynamic allocation instead.  Make sure your program handles NULs and
+other funny characters in the input files.  Add a programming language
+for extensibility and write part of the program in that language.
+
+Or turn some parts of the program into independently usable libraries.
+Or use a simple garbage collector instead of tracking precisely when
+to free memory, or use a new GNU facility such as obstacks.
+
+
+@node Contributions
+@section Accepting Contributions
+
+If someone else sends you a piece of code to add to the program you are
+working on, we need legal papers to use it---the same sort of legal
+papers we will need to get from you.  @emph{Each} significant
+contributor to a program must sign some sort of legal papers in order
+for us to have clear title to the program.  The main author alone is not
+enough.
+
+So, before adding in any contributions from other people, please tell
+us, so we can arrange to get the papers.  Then wait until we tell you
+that we have received the signed papers, before you actually use the
+contribution.
+
+This applies both before you release the program and afterward.  If
+you receive diffs to fix a bug, and they make significant changes, we
+need legal papers for that change.
+
+This also applies to comments and documentation files.  For copyright
+law, comments and code are just text.  Copyright applies to all kinds of
+text, so we need legal papers for all kinds.
+
+You don't need papers for changes of a few lines here or there, since
+they are not significant for copyright purposes.  Also, you don't need
+papers if all you get from the suggestion is some ideas, not actual code
+which you use.  For example, if you write a different solution to the
+problem, you don't need to get papers.
+
+We know this is frustrating; it's frustrating for us as well.  But if
+you don't wait, you are going out on a limb---for example, what if the
+contributor's employer won't sign a disclaimer?  You might have to take
+that code out again!
+
+The very worst thing is if you forget to tell us about the other
+contributor.  We could be very embarrassed in court some day as a
+result.
+
+We have more detailed advice for maintainers of programs; if you have
+reached the stage of actually maintaining a program for GNU (whether
+released or not), please ask us for a copy.
+
+@node Design Advice
+@chapter General Program Design
+
+This @value{CHAPTER} discusses some of the issues you should take into
+account when designing your program.
+
+@menu
+* Compatibility::               Compatibility with other implementations
+* Using Extensions::            Using non-standard features
+* ANSI C::                      Using ANSI C features
+* Source Language::             Using languages other than C
+@end menu
+
+@node Compatibility
+@section Compatibility with Other Implementations
+
+With occasional exceptions, utility programs and libraries for GNU
+should be upward compatible with those in Berkeley Unix, and upward
+compatible with @sc{ansi} C if @sc{ansi} C specifies their behavior, and
+upward compatible with @sc{POSIX} if @sc{POSIX} specifies their
+behavior.
+
+When these standards conflict, it is useful to offer compatibility
+modes for each of them.
+
+@sc{ansi} C and @sc{POSIX} prohibit many kinds of extensions.  Feel free
+to make the extensions anyway, and include a @samp{--ansi},
+@samp{--posix}, or @samp{--compatible} option to turn them off.
+However, if the extension has a significant chance of breaking any real
+programs or scripts, then it is not really upward compatible.  Try to
+redesign its interface.
+
+Many GNU programs suppress extensions that conflict with POSIX if the
+environment variable @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is defined (even if it is
+defined with a null value).  Please make your program recognize this
+variable if appropriate.
+
+When a feature is used only by users (not by programs or command
+files), and it is done poorly in Unix, feel free to replace it
+completely with something totally different and better.  (For example,
+@code{vi} is replaced with Emacs.)  But it is nice to offer a compatible
+feature as well.  (There is a free @code{vi} clone, so we offer it.)
+
+Additional useful features not in Berkeley Unix are welcome.
+
+@node Using Extensions
+@section Using Non-standard Features
+
+Many GNU facilities that already exist support a number of convenient
+extensions over the comparable Unix facilities.  Whether to use these
+extensions in implementing your program is a difficult question.
+
+On the one hand, using the extensions can make a cleaner program.
+On the other hand, people will not be able to build the program
+unless the other GNU tools are available.  This might cause the
+program to work on fewer kinds of machines.
+
+With some extensions, it might be easy to provide both alternatives.
+For example, you can define functions with a ``keyword'' @code{INLINE}
+and define that as a macro to expand into either @code{inline} or
+nothing, depending on the compiler.
+
+In general, perhaps it is best not to use the extensions if you can
+straightforwardly do without them, but to use the extensions if they
+are a big improvement.
+
+An exception to this rule are the large, established programs (such as
+Emacs) which run on a great variety of systems.  Such programs would
+be broken by use of GNU extensions.
+
+Another exception is for programs that are used as part of
+compilation: anything that must be compiled with other compilers in
+order to bootstrap the GNU compilation facilities.  If these require
+the GNU compiler, then no one can compile them without having them
+installed already.  That would be no good.
+
+@node ANSI C
+@section @sc{ansi} C and pre-@sc{ansi} C
+
+Do not ever use the ``trigraph'' feature of @sc{ansi} C.
+
+@sc{ansi} C is widespread enough now that it is ok to write new programs
+that use @sc{ansi} C features (and therefore will not work in
+non-@sc{ansi} compilers).  And if a program is already written in
+@sc{ansi} C, there's no need to convert it to support non-@sc{ansi}
+compilers.
+
+However, it is easy to support non-@sc{ansi} compilers in most programs,
+so you might still consider doing so when you write a program.  Instead
+of writing function definitions in @sc{ansi} prototype form,
+
+@example
+int
+foo (int x, int y)
+@dots{}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+write the definition in pre-@sc{ansi} style like this,
+
+@example
+int
+foo (x, y)
+     int x, y;
+@dots{}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+and use a separate declaration to specify the argument prototype:
+
+@example
+int foo (int, int);
+@end example
+
+You need such a declaration anyway, in a header file, to get the benefit
+of @sc{ansi} C prototypes in all the files where the function is called.
+And once you have it, you lose nothing by writing the function
+definition in the pre-@sc{ansi} style.
+
+If you don't know non-@sc{ansi} C, there's no need to learn it; just
+write in @sc{ansi} C.
+
+@node Source Language
+@section Using Languages Other Than C
+
+Using a language other than C is like using a non-standard feature: it
+will cause trouble for users.  Even if GCC supports the other language,
+users may find it inconvenient to have to install the compiler for that
+other language in order to build your program.  For example, if you
+write your program in C++, people will have to install the C++ compiler
+in order to compile your program.  Thus, it is better if you write in C.
+
+But there are three situations when there is no disadvantage in using
+some other language:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+It is okay to use another language if your program contains an
+interpreter for that language.
+
+For example, if your program links with GUILE, it is ok to write part of
+the program in Scheme or another language supported by GUILE.
+
+@item
+It is okay to use another language in a tool specifically intended for
+use with that language.
+
+This is okay because the only people who want to build the tool will be
+those who have installed the other language anyway.
+
+@item
+If an application is of interest to a narrow community, then perhaps
+it's not important if the application is inconvenient to install.
+@end itemize
+
+C has one other advantage over C++ and other compiled languages: more
+people know C, so more people will find it easy to read and modify the
+program if it is written in C.
+
+@node Program Behavior
+@chapter Program Behavior for All Programs
+
+This @value{CHAPTER} describes how to write robust software. It also
+describes general standards for error messages, the command line interface,
+and how libraries should behave.
+
+@menu
+* Semantics::                   Writing robust programs
+* Libraries::                   Library behavior
+* Errors::                      Formatting error messages
+* User Interfaces::             Standards for command line interfaces
+* Option Table::                Table of long options.
+* Memory Usage::                When and how to care about memory needs
+@end menu
+
+@node Semantics
+@section Writing Robust Programs
+
+Avoid arbitrary limits on the length or number of @emph{any} data
+structure, including file names, lines, files, and symbols, by allocating
+all data structures dynamically.  In most Unix utilities, ``long lines
+are silently truncated''.  This is not acceptable in a GNU utility.
+
+Utilities reading files should not drop NUL characters, or any other
+nonprinting characters @emph{including those with codes above 0177}.  The
+only sensible exceptions would be utilities specifically intended for
+interface to certain types of printers that can't handle those characters.
+
+Check every system call for an error return, unless you know you wish to
+ignore errors.  Include the system error text (from @code{perror} or
+equivalent) in @emph{every} error message resulting from a failing
+system call, as well as the name of the file if any and the name of the
+utility.  Just ``cannot open foo.c'' or ``stat failed'' is not
+sufficient.
+
+Check every call to @code{malloc} or @code{realloc} to see if it
+returned zero.  Check @code{realloc} even if you are making the block
+smaller; in a system that rounds block sizes to a power of 2,
+@code{realloc} may get a different block if you ask for less space.
+
+In Unix, @code{realloc} can destroy the storage block if it returns
+zero.  GNU @code{realloc} does not have this bug: if it fails, the
+original block is unchanged.  Feel free to assume the bug is fixed.  If
+you wish to run your program on Unix, and wish to avoid lossage in this
+case, you can use the GNU @code{malloc}.
+
+You must expect @code{free} to alter the contents of the block that was
+freed.  Anything you want to fetch from the block, you must fetch before
+calling @code{free}.
+
+If @code{malloc} fails in a noninteractive program, make that a fatal
+error.  In an interactive program (one that reads commands from the
+user), it is better to abort the command and return to the command
+reader loop.  This allows the user to kill other processes to free up
+virtual memory, and then try the command again.
+
+Use @code{getopt_long} to decode arguments, unless the argument syntax
+makes this unreasonable.
+
+When static storage is to be written in during program execution, use
+explicit C code to initialize it.  Reserve C initialized declarations
+for data that will not be changed.
+@c ADR: why?
+
+Try to avoid low-level interfaces to obscure Unix data structures (such
+as file directories, utmp, or the layout of kernel memory), since these
+are less likely to work compatibly.  If you need to find all the files
+in a directory, use @code{readdir} or some other high-level interface.
+These will be supported compatibly by GNU.
+
+By default, the GNU system will provide the signal handling functions of
+@sc{BSD} and of @sc{POSIX}.  So GNU software should be written to use
+these.
+
+In error checks that detect ``impossible'' conditions, just abort.
+There is usually no point in printing any message.  These checks
+indicate the existence of bugs.  Whoever wants to fix the bugs will have
+to read the source code and run a debugger.  So explain the problem with
+comments in the source.  The relevant data will be in variables, which
+are easy to examine with the debugger, so there is no point moving them
+elsewhere.
+
+Do not use a count of errors as the exit status for a program.
+@emph{That does not work}, because exit status values are limited to 8
+bits (0 through 255).  A single run of the program might have 256
+errors; if you try to return 256 as the exit status, the parent process
+will see 0 as the status, and it will appear that the program succeeded.
+
+If you make temporary files, check the @code{TMPDIR} environment
+variable; if that variable is defined, use the specified directory
+instead of @file{/tmp}.
+
+@node Libraries
+@section Library Behavior
+
+Try to make library functions reentrant.  If they need to do dynamic
+storage allocation, at least try to avoid any nonreentrancy aside from
+that of @code{malloc} itself.
+
+Here are certain name conventions for libraries, to avoid name
+conflicts.
+
+Choose a name prefix for the library, more than two characters long.
+All external function and variable names should start with this
+prefix.  In addition, there should only be one of these in any given
+library member.  This usually means putting each one in a separate
+source file.
+
+An exception can be made when two external symbols are always used
+together, so that no reasonable program could use one without the
+other; then they can both go in the same file.
+
+External symbols that are not documented entry points for the user
+should have names beginning with @samp{_}.  They should also contain
+the chosen name prefix for the library, to prevent collisions with
+other libraries.  These can go in the same files with user entry
+points if you like.
+
+Static functions and variables can be used as you like and need not
+fit any naming convention.
+
+@node Errors
+@section Formatting Error Messages
+
+Error messages from compilers should look like this:
+
+@example
+@var{source-file-name}:@var{lineno}: @var{message}
+@end example
+
+Error messages from other noninteractive programs should look like this:
+
+@example
+@var{program}:@var{source-file-name}:@var{lineno}: @var{message}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+when there is an appropriate source file, or like this:
+
+@example
+@var{program}: @var{message}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+when there is no relevant source file.
+
+In an interactive program (one that is reading commands from a
+terminal), it is better not to include the program name in an error
+message.  The place to indicate which program is running is in the
+prompt or with the screen layout.  (When the same program runs with
+input from a source other than a terminal, it is not interactive and
+would do best to print error messages using the noninteractive style.)
+
+The string @var{message} should not begin with a capital letter when
+it follows a program name and/or file name.  Also, it should not end
+with a period.
+
+Error messages from interactive programs, and other messages such as
+usage messages, should start with a capital letter.  But they should not
+end with a period.
+
+@node User Interfaces
+@section Standards for Command Line Interfaces
+
+Please don't make the behavior of a utility depend on the name used
+to invoke it.  It is useful sometimes to make a link to a utility
+with a different name, and that should not change what it does.
+
+Instead, use a run time option or a compilation switch or both
+to select among the alternate behaviors.
+
+Likewise, please don't make the behavior of the program depend on the
+type of output device it is used with.  Device independence is an
+important principle of the system's design; do not compromise it
+merely to save someone from typing an option now and then.
+
+If you think one behavior is most useful when the output is to a
+terminal, and another is most useful when the output is a file or a
+pipe, then it is usually best to make the default behavior the one that
+is useful with output to a terminal, and have an option for the other
+behavior.
+
+Compatibility requires certain programs to depend on the type of output
+device.  It would be disastrous if @code{ls} or @code{sh} did not do so
+in the way all users expect.  In some of these cases, we supplement the
+program with a preferred alternate version that does not depend on the
+output device type.  For example, we provide a @code{dir} program much
+like @code{ls} except that its default output format is always
+multi-column format.
+
+It is a good idea to follow the @sc{POSIX} guidelines for the
+command-line options of a program.  The easiest way to do this is to use
+@code{getopt} to parse them.  Note that the GNU version of @code{getopt}
+will normally permit options anywhere among the arguments unless the
+special argument @samp{--} is used.  This is not what @sc{POSIX}
+specifies; it is a GNU extension.
+
+Please define long-named options that are equivalent to the
+single-letter Unix-style options.  We hope to make GNU more user
+friendly this way.  This is easy to do with the GNU function
+@code{getopt_long}.
+
+One of the advantages of long-named options is that they can be
+consistent from program to program.  For example, users should be able
+to expect the ``verbose'' option of any GNU program which has one, to be
+spelled precisely @samp{--verbose}.  To achieve this uniformity, look at
+the table of common long-option names when you choose the option names
+for your program (@pxref{Option Table}).
+
+It is usually a good idea for file names given as ordinary arguments to
+be input files only; any output files would be specified using options
+(preferably @samp{-o} or @samp{--output}).  Even if you allow an output
+file name as an ordinary argument for compatibility, try to provide an
+option as another way to specify it.  This will lead to more consistency
+among GNU utilities, and fewer idiosyncracies for users to remember.
+
+All programs should support two standard options: @samp{--version}
+and @samp{--help}.
+
+@table @code
+@item --version
+This option should direct the program to information about its name,
+version, origin and legal status, all on standard output, and then exit
+successfully.  Other options and arguments should be ignored once this
+is seen, and the program should not perform its normal function.
+
+The first line is meant to be easy for a program to parse; the version
+number proper starts after the last space.  In addition, it contains
+the canonical name for this program, in this format:
+
+@example
+GNU Emacs 19.30
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The program's name should be a constant string; @emph{don't} compute it
+from @code{argv[0]}.  The idea is to state the standard or canonical
+name for the program, not its file name.  There are other ways to find
+out the precise file name where a command is found in @code{PATH}.
+
+If the program is a subsidiary part of a larger package, mention the
+package name in parentheses, like this:
+
+@example
+emacsserver (GNU Emacs) 19.30
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+If the package has a version number which is different from this
+program's version number, you can mention the package version number
+just before the close-parenthesis.
+
+If you @strong{need} to mention the version numbers of libraries which
+are distributed separately from the package which contains this program,
+you can do so by printing an additional line of version info for each
+library you want to mention.  Use the same format for these lines as for
+the first line.
+
+Please do not mention all of the libraries that the program uses ``just
+for completeness''---that would produce a lot of unhelpful clutter.
+Please mention library version numbers only if you find in practice that
+they are very important to you in debugging.
+
+The following line, after the version number line or lines, should be a
+copyright notice.  If more than one copyright notice is called for, put
+each on a separate line.
+
+Next should follow a brief statement that the program is free software,
+and that users are free to copy and change it on certain conditions.  If
+the program is covered by the GNU GPL, say so here.  Also mention that
+there is no warranty, to the extent permitted by law.
+
+It is ok to finish the output with a list of the major authors of the
+program, as a way of giving credit.
+
+Here's an example of output that follows these rules:
+
+@smallexample
+GNU Emacs 19.34.5
+Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+GNU Emacs comes with NO WARRANTY,
+to the extent permitted by law.
+You may redistribute copies of GNU Emacs
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
+For more information about these matters,
+see the files named COPYING.
+@end smallexample
+
+You should adapt this to your program, of course, filling in the proper
+year, copyright holder, name of program, and the references to
+distribution terms, and changing the rest of the wording as necessary.
+
+This copyright notice only needs to mention the most recent year in
+which changes were made---there's no need to list the years for previous
+versions' changes.  You don't have to mention the name of the program in
+these notices, if that is inconvenient, since it appeared in the first
+line.
+
+@item --help
+This option should output brief documentation for how to invoke the
+program, on standard output, then exit successfully.  Other options and
+arguments should be ignored once this is seen, and the program should
+not perform its normal function.
+
+Near the end of the @samp{--help} option's output there should be a line
+that says where to mail bug reports.  It should have this format:
+
+@example
+Report bugs to @var{mailing-address}.
+@end example
+@end table
+
+@node Option Table
+@section Table of Long Options
+
+Here is a table of long options used by GNU programs.  It is surely
+incomplete, but we aim to list all the options that a new program might
+want to be compatible with.  If you use names not already in the table,
+please send @email{gnu@@gnu.org} a list of them, with their
+meanings, so we can update the table.
+
+@c Please leave newlines between items in this table; it's much easier
+@c to update when it isn't completely squashed together and unreadable.
+@c When there is more than one short option for a long option name, put
+@c a semicolon between the lists of the programs that use them, not a
+@c period.   --friedman
+
+@table @samp
+@item after-date
+@samp{-N} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item all
+@samp{-a} in @code{du}, @code{ls}, @code{nm}, @code{stty}, @code{uname},
+and @code{unexpand}.
+
+@item all-text
+@samp{-a} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item almost-all
+@samp{-A} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item append
+@samp{-a} in @code{etags}, @code{tee}, @code{time};
+@samp{-r} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item archive
+@samp{-a} in @code{cp}.
+
+@item archive-name
+@samp{-n} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item arglength
+@samp{-l} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item ascii
+@samp{-a} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item assign
+@samp{-v} in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item assume-new
+@samp{-W} in Make.
+
+@item assume-old
+@samp{-o} in Make.
+
+@item auto-check
+@samp{-a} in @code{recode}.
+
+@item auto-pager
+@samp{-a} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item auto-reference
+@samp{-A} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item avoid-wraps
+@samp{-n} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item backward-search
+@samp{-B} in @code{ctags}.
+
+@item basename
+@samp{-f} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item batch
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item baud
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item before
+@samp{-b} in @code{tac}.
+
+@item binary
+@samp{-b} in @code{cpio} and @code{diff}.
+
+@item bits-per-code
+@samp{-b} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item block-size
+Used in @code{cpio} and @code{tar}.
+
+@item blocks
+@samp{-b} in @code{head} and @code{tail}.
+
+@item break-file
+@samp{-b} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item brief
+Used in various programs to make output shorter.
+
+@item bytes
+@samp{-c} in @code{head}, @code{split}, and @code{tail}.
+
+@item c@t{++}
+@samp{-C} in @code{etags}.
+
+@item catenate
+@samp{-A} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item cd
+Used in various programs to specify the directory to use.
+
+@item changes
+@samp{-c} in @code{chgrp} and @code{chown}.
+
+@item classify
+@samp{-F} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item colons
+@samp{-c} in @code{recode}.
+
+@item command
+@samp{-c} in @code{su};
+@samp{-x} in GDB.
+
+@item compare
+@samp{-d} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item compat
+Used in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item compress
+@samp{-Z} in @code{tar} and @code{shar}.
+
+@item concatenate
+@samp{-A} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item confirmation
+@samp{-w} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item context
+Used in @code{diff}.
+
+@item copyleft
+@samp{-W copyleft} in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item copyright
+@samp{-C} in @code{ptx}, @code{recode}, and @code{wdiff};
+@samp{-W copyright} in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item core
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item count
+@samp{-q} in @code{who}.
+
+@item count-links
+@samp{-l} in @code{du}.
+
+@item create
+Used in @code{tar} and @code{cpio}.
+
+@item cut-mark
+@samp{-c} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item cxref
+@samp{-x} in @code{ctags}.
+
+@item date
+@samp{-d} in @code{touch}.
+
+@item debug
+@samp{-d} in Make and @code{m4};
+@samp{-t} in Bison.
+
+@item define
+@samp{-D} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item defines
+@samp{-d} in Bison and @code{ctags}.
+
+@item delete
+@samp{-D} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item dereference
+@samp{-L} in @code{chgrp}, @code{chown}, @code{cpio}, @code{du},
+@code{ls}, and @code{tar}.
+
+@item dereference-args
+@samp{-D} in @code{du}.
+
+@item diacritics
+@samp{-d} in @code{recode}.
+
+@item dictionary-order
+@samp{-d} in @code{look}.
+
+@item diff
+@samp{-d} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item digits
+@samp{-n} in @code{csplit}.
+
+@item directory
+Specify the directory to use, in various programs.  In @code{ls}, it
+means to show directories themselves rather than their contents.  In
+@code{rm} and @code{ln}, it means to not treat links to directories
+specially.
+
+@item discard-all
+@samp{-x} in @code{strip}.
+
+@item discard-locals
+@samp{-X} in @code{strip}.
+
+@item dry-run
+@samp{-n} in Make.
+
+@item ed
+@samp{-e} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item elide-empty-files
+@samp{-z} in @code{csplit}.
+
+@item end-delete
+@samp{-x} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item end-insert
+@samp{-z} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item entire-new-file
+@samp{-N} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item environment-overrides
+@samp{-e} in Make.
+
+@item eof
+@samp{-e} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item epoch
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item error-limit
+Used in @code{makeinfo}.
+
+@item error-output
+@samp{-o} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item escape
+@samp{-b} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item exclude-from
+@samp{-X} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item exec
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item exit
+@samp{-x} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item exit-0
+@samp{-e} in @code{unshar}.
+
+@item expand-tabs
+@samp{-t} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item expression
+@samp{-e} in @code{sed}.
+
+@item extern-only
+@samp{-g} in @code{nm}.
+
+@item extract
+@samp{-i} in @code{cpio};
+@samp{-x} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item faces
+@samp{-f} in @code{finger}.
+
+@item fast
+@samp{-f} in @code{su}.
+
+@item fatal-warnings
+@samp{-E} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item file
+@samp{-f} in @code{info}, @code{gawk}, Make, @code{mt}, and @code{tar};
+@samp{-n} in @code{sed};
+@samp{-r} in @code{touch}.
+
+@item field-separator
+@samp{-F} in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item file-prefix
+@samp{-b} in Bison.
+
+@item file-type
+@samp{-F} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item files-from
+@samp{-T} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item fill-column
+Used in @code{makeinfo}.
+
+@item flag-truncation
+@samp{-F} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item fixed-output-files
+@samp{-y} in Bison.
+
+@item follow
+@samp{-f} in @code{tail}.
+
+@item footnote-style
+Used in @code{makeinfo}.
+
+@item force
+@samp{-f} in @code{cp}, @code{ln}, @code{mv}, and @code{rm}.
+
+@item force-prefix
+@samp{-F} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item format
+Used in @code{ls}, @code{time}, and @code{ptx}.
+
+@item freeze-state
+@samp{-F} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item fullname
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item gap-size
+@samp{-g} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item get
+@samp{-x} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item graphic
+@samp{-i} in @code{ul}.
+
+@item graphics
+@samp{-g} in @code{recode}.
+
+@item group
+@samp{-g} in @code{install}.
+
+@item gzip
+@samp{-z} in @code{tar} and @code{shar}.
+
+@item hashsize
+@samp{-H} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item header
+@samp{-h} in @code{objdump} and @code{recode}
+
+@item heading
+@samp{-H} in @code{who}.
+
+@item help
+Used to ask for brief usage information.
+
+@item here-delimiter
+@samp{-d} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item hide-control-chars
+@samp{-q} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item idle
+@samp{-u} in @code{who}.
+
+@item ifdef
+@samp{-D} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item ignore
+@samp{-I} in @code{ls};
+@samp{-x} in @code{recode}.
+
+@item ignore-all-space
+@samp{-w} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item ignore-backups
+@samp{-B} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item ignore-blank-lines
+@samp{-B} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item ignore-case
+@samp{-f} in @code{look} and @code{ptx};
+@samp{-i} in @code{diff} and @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item ignore-errors
+@samp{-i} in Make.
+
+@item ignore-file
+@samp{-i} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item ignore-indentation
+@samp{-I} in @code{etags}.
+
+@item ignore-init-file
+@samp{-f} in Oleo.
+
+@item ignore-interrupts
+@samp{-i} in @code{tee}.
+
+@item ignore-matching-lines
+@samp{-I} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item ignore-space-change
+@samp{-b} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item ignore-zeros
+@samp{-i} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item include
+@samp{-i} in @code{etags};
+@samp{-I} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item include-dir
+@samp{-I} in Make.
+
+@item incremental
+@samp{-G} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item info
+@samp{-i}, @samp{-l}, and @samp{-m} in Finger.
+
+@item initial
+@samp{-i} in @code{expand}.
+
+@item initial-tab
+@samp{-T} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item inode
+@samp{-i} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item interactive
+@samp{-i} in @code{cp}, @code{ln}, @code{mv}, @code{rm};
+@samp{-e} in @code{m4};
+@samp{-p} in @code{xargs};
+@samp{-w} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item intermix-type
+@samp{-p} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item jobs
+@samp{-j} in Make.
+
+@item just-print
+@samp{-n} in Make.
+
+@item keep-going
+@samp{-k} in Make.
+
+@item keep-files
+@samp{-k} in @code{csplit}.
+
+@item kilobytes
+@samp{-k} in @code{du} and @code{ls}.
+
+@item language
+@samp{-l} in @code{etags}.
+
+@item less-mode
+@samp{-l} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item level-for-gzip
+@samp{-g} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item line-bytes
+@samp{-C} in @code{split}.
+
+@item lines
+Used in @code{split}, @code{head}, and @code{tail}.
+
+@item link
+@samp{-l} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item lint
+@itemx lint-old
+Used in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item list
+@samp{-t} in @code{cpio};
+@samp{-l} in @code{recode}.
+
+@item list
+@samp{-t} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item literal
+@samp{-N} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item load-average
+@samp{-l} in Make.
+
+@item login
+Used in @code{su}.
+
+@item machine
+No listing of which programs already use this;
+someone should check to
+see if any actually do, and tell @email{gnu@@gnu.org}.
+
+@item macro-name
+@samp{-M} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item mail
+@samp{-m} in @code{hello} and @code{uname}.
+
+@item make-directories
+@samp{-d} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item makefile
+@samp{-f} in Make.
+
+@item mapped
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item max-args
+@samp{-n} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item max-chars
+@samp{-n} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item max-lines
+@samp{-l} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item max-load
+@samp{-l} in Make.
+
+@item max-procs
+@samp{-P} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item mesg
+@samp{-T} in @code{who}.
+
+@item message
+@samp{-T} in @code{who}.
+
+@item minimal
+@samp{-d} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item mixed-uuencode
+@samp{-M} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item mode
+@samp{-m} in @code{install}, @code{mkdir}, and @code{mkfifo}.
+
+@item modification-time
+@samp{-m} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item multi-volume
+@samp{-M} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item name-prefix
+@samp{-a} in Bison.
+
+@item nesting-limit
+@samp{-L} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item net-headers
+@samp{-a} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item new-file
+@samp{-W} in Make.
+
+@item no-builtin-rules
+@samp{-r} in Make.
+
+@item no-character-count
+@samp{-w} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item no-check-existing
+@samp{-x} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item no-common
+@samp{-3} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item no-create
+@samp{-c} in @code{touch}.
+
+@item no-defines
+@samp{-D} in @code{etags}.
+
+@item no-deleted
+@samp{-1} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item no-dereference
+@samp{-d} in @code{cp}.
+
+@item no-inserted
+@samp{-2} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item no-keep-going
+@samp{-S} in Make.
+
+@item no-lines
+@samp{-l} in Bison.
+
+@item no-piping
+@samp{-P} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item no-prof
+@samp{-e} in @code{gprof}.
+
+@item no-regex
+@samp{-R} in @code{etags}.
+
+@item no-sort
+@samp{-p} in @code{nm}.
+
+@item no-split
+Used in @code{makeinfo}.
+
+@item no-static
+@samp{-a} in @code{gprof}.
+
+@item no-time
+@samp{-E} in @code{gprof}.
+
+@item no-timestamp
+@samp{-m} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item no-validate
+Used in @code{makeinfo}.
+
+@item no-wait
+Used in @code{emacsclient}.
+
+@item no-warn
+Used in various programs to inhibit warnings.
+
+@item node
+@samp{-n} in @code{info}.
+
+@item nodename
+@samp{-n} in @code{uname}.
+
+@item nonmatching
+@samp{-f} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item nstuff
+@samp{-n} in @code{objdump}.
+
+@item null
+@samp{-0} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item number
+@samp{-n} in @code{cat}.
+
+@item number-nonblank
+@samp{-b} in @code{cat}.
+
+@item numeric-sort
+@samp{-n} in @code{nm}.
+
+@item numeric-uid-gid
+@samp{-n} in @code{cpio} and @code{ls}.
+
+@item nx
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item old-archive
+@samp{-o} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item old-file
+@samp{-o} in Make.
+
+@item one-file-system
+@samp{-l} in @code{tar}, @code{cp}, and @code{du}.
+
+@item only-file
+@samp{-o} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item only-prof
+@samp{-f} in @code{gprof}.
+
+@item only-time
+@samp{-F} in @code{gprof}.
+
+@item output
+In various programs, specify the output file name.
+
+@item output-prefix
+@samp{-o} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item override
+@samp{-o} in @code{rm}.
+
+@item overwrite
+@samp{-c} in @code{unshar}.
+
+@item owner
+@samp{-o} in @code{install}.
+
+@item paginate
+@samp{-l} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item paragraph-indent
+Used in @code{makeinfo}.
+
+@item parents
+@samp{-p} in @code{mkdir} and @code{rmdir}.
+
+@item pass-all
+@samp{-p} in @code{ul}.
+
+@item pass-through
+@samp{-p} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item port
+@samp{-P} in @code{finger}.
+
+@item portability
+@samp{-c} in @code{cpio} and @code{tar}.
+
+@item posix
+Used in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item prefix-builtins
+@samp{-P} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item prefix
+@samp{-f} in @code{csplit}.
+
+@item preserve
+Used in @code{tar} and @code{cp}.
+
+@item preserve-environment
+@samp{-p} in @code{su}.
+
+@item preserve-modification-time
+@samp{-m} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item preserve-order
+@samp{-s} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item preserve-permissions
+@samp{-p} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item print
+@samp{-l} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item print-chars
+@samp{-L} in @code{cmp}.
+
+@item print-data-base
+@samp{-p} in Make.
+
+@item print-directory
+@samp{-w} in Make.
+
+@item print-file-name
+@samp{-o} in @code{nm}.
+
+@item print-symdefs
+@samp{-s} in @code{nm}.
+
+@item printer
+@samp{-p} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item prompt
+@samp{-p} in @code{ed}.
+
+@item query-user
+@samp{-X} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item question
+@samp{-q} in Make.
+
+@item quiet
+Used in many programs to inhibit the usual output.  @strong{Note:} every
+program accepting @samp{--quiet} should accept @samp{--silent} as a
+synonym.
+
+@item quiet-unshar
+@samp{-Q} in @code{shar}
+
+@item quote-name
+@samp{-Q} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item rcs
+@samp{-n} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item re-interval
+Used in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item read-full-blocks
+@samp{-B} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item readnow
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item recon
+@samp{-n} in Make.
+
+@item record-number
+@samp{-R} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item recursive
+Used in @code{chgrp}, @code{chown}, @code{cp}, @code{ls}, @code{diff},
+and @code{rm}.
+
+@item reference-limit
+Used in @code{makeinfo}.
+
+@item references
+@samp{-r} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item regex
+@samp{-r} in @code{tac} and @code{etags}.
+
+@item release
+@samp{-r} in @code{uname}.
+
+@item reload-state
+@samp{-R} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item relocation
+@samp{-r} in @code{objdump}.
+
+@item rename
+@samp{-r} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item replace
+@samp{-i} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item report-identical-files
+@samp{-s} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item reset-access-time
+@samp{-a} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item reverse
+@samp{-r} in @code{ls} and @code{nm}.
+
+@item reversed-ed
+@samp{-f} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item right-side-defs
+@samp{-R} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item same-order
+@samp{-s} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item same-permissions
+@samp{-p} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item save
+@samp{-g} in @code{stty}.
+
+@item se
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item sentence-regexp
+@samp{-S} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item separate-dirs
+@samp{-S} in @code{du}.
+
+@item separator
+@samp{-s} in @code{tac}.
+
+@item sequence
+Used by @code{recode} to chose files or pipes for sequencing passes.
+
+@item shell
+@samp{-s} in @code{su}.
+
+@item show-all
+@samp{-A} in @code{cat}.
+
+@item show-c-function
+@samp{-p} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item show-ends
+@samp{-E} in @code{cat}.
+
+@item show-function-line
+@samp{-F} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item show-tabs
+@samp{-T} in @code{cat}.
+
+@item silent
+Used in many programs to inhibit the usual output.
+@strong{Note:} every program accepting
+@samp{--silent} should accept @samp{--quiet} as a synonym.
+
+@item size
+@samp{-s} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item sort
+Used in @code{ls}.
+
+@item source
+@samp{-W source} in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item sparse
+@samp{-S} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item speed-large-files
+@samp{-H} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item split-at
+@samp{-E} in @code{unshar}.
+
+@item split-size-limit
+@samp{-L} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item squeeze-blank
+@samp{-s} in @code{cat}.
+
+@item start-delete
+@samp{-w} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item start-insert
+@samp{-y} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item starting-file
+Used in @code{tar} and @code{diff} to specify which file within
+a directory to start processing with.
+
+@item statistics
+@samp{-s} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item stdin-file-list
+@samp{-S} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item stop
+@samp{-S} in Make.
+
+@item strict
+@samp{-s} in @code{recode}.
+
+@item strip
+@samp{-s} in @code{install}.
+
+@item strip-all
+@samp{-s} in @code{strip}.
+
+@item strip-debug
+@samp{-S} in @code{strip}.
+
+@item submitter
+@samp{-s} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item suffix
+@samp{-S} in @code{cp}, @code{ln}, @code{mv}.
+
+@item suffix-format
+@samp{-b} in @code{csplit}.
+
+@item sum
+@samp{-s} in @code{gprof}.
+
+@item summarize
+@samp{-s} in @code{du}.
+
+@item symbolic
+@samp{-s} in @code{ln}.
+
+@item symbols
+Used in GDB and @code{objdump}.
+
+@item synclines
+@samp{-s} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item sysname
+@samp{-s} in @code{uname}.
+
+@item tabs
+@samp{-t} in @code{expand} and @code{unexpand}.
+
+@item tabsize
+@samp{-T} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item terminal
+@samp{-T} in @code{tput} and @code{ul}.
+@samp{-t} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item text
+@samp{-a} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item text-files
+@samp{-T} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item time
+Used in @code{ls} and @code{touch}.
+
+@item to-stdout
+@samp{-O} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item total
+@samp{-c} in @code{du}.
+
+@item touch
+@samp{-t} in Make, @code{ranlib}, and @code{recode}.
+
+@item trace
+@samp{-t} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item traditional
+@samp{-t} in @code{hello};
+@samp{-W traditional} in @code{gawk};
+@samp{-G} in @code{ed}, @code{m4}, and @code{ptx}.
+
+@item tty
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item typedefs
+@samp{-t} in @code{ctags}.
+
+@item typedefs-and-c++
+@samp{-T} in @code{ctags}.
+
+@item typeset-mode
+@samp{-t} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item uncompress
+@samp{-z} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item unconditional
+@samp{-u} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item undefine
+@samp{-U} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item undefined-only
+@samp{-u} in @code{nm}.
+
+@item update
+@samp{-u} in @code{cp}, @code{ctags}, @code{mv}, @code{tar}.
+
+@item usage
+Used in @code{gawk}; same as @samp{--help}.
+
+@item uuencode
+@samp{-B} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item vanilla-operation
+@samp{-V} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item verbose
+Print more information about progress.  Many programs support this.
+
+@item verify
+@samp{-W} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item version
+Print the version number.
+
+@item version-control
+@samp{-V} in @code{cp}, @code{ln}, @code{mv}.
+
+@item vgrind
+@samp{-v} in @code{ctags}.
+
+@item volume
+@samp{-V} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item what-if
+@samp{-W} in Make.
+
+@item whole-size-limit
+@samp{-l} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item width
+@samp{-w} in @code{ls} and @code{ptx}.
+
+@item word-regexp
+@samp{-W} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item writable
+@samp{-T} in @code{who}.
+
+@item zeros
+@samp{-z} in @code{gprof}.
+@end table
+
+@node Memory Usage
+@section Memory Usage
+
+If it typically uses just a few meg of memory, don't bother making any
+effort to reduce memory usage.  For example, if it is impractical for
+other reasons to operate on files more than a few meg long, it is
+reasonable to read entire input files into core to operate on them.
+
+However, for programs such as @code{cat} or @code{tail}, that can
+usefully operate on very large files, it is important to avoid using a
+technique that would artificially limit the size of files it can handle.
+If a program works by lines and could be applied to arbitrary
+user-supplied input files, it should keep only a line in memory, because
+this is not very hard and users will want to be able to operate on input
+files that are bigger than will fit in core all at once.
+
+If your program creates complicated data structures, just make them in
+core and give a fatal error if @code{malloc} returns zero.
+
+@node Writing C
+@chapter Making The Best Use of C
+
+This @value{CHAPTER} provides advice on how best to use the C language
+when writing GNU software.
+
+@menu
+* Formatting::                  Formatting Your Source Code
+* Comments::                    Commenting Your Work
+* Syntactic Conventions::       Clean Use of C Constructs
+* Names::                       Naming Variables and Functions
+* System Portability::          Portability between different operating systems
+* CPU Portability::             Supporting the range of CPU types
+* System Functions::            Portability and ``standard'' library functions
+* Internationalization::        Techniques for internationalization
+* Mmap::                        How you can safely use @code{mmap}.
+@end menu
+
+@node Formatting
+@section Formatting Your Source Code
+
+It is important to put the open-brace that starts the body of a C
+function in column zero, and avoid putting any other open-brace or
+open-parenthesis or open-bracket in column zero.  Several tools look
+for open-braces in column zero to find the beginnings of C functions.
+These tools will not work on code not formatted that way.
+
+It is also important for function definitions to start the name of the
+function in column zero.  This helps people to search for function
+definitions, and may also help certain tools recognize them.  Thus,
+the proper format is this:
+
+@example
+static char *
+concat (s1, s2)        /* Name starts in column zero here */
+     char *s1, *s2;
+@{                     /* Open brace in column zero here */
+  @dots{}
+@}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+or, if you want to use @sc{ansi} C, format the definition like this:
+
+@example
+static char *
+concat (char *s1, char *s2)
+@{
+  @dots{}
+@}
+@end example
+
+In @sc{ansi} C, if the arguments don't fit nicely on one line,
+split it like this:
+
+@example
+int
+lots_of_args (int an_integer, long a_long, short a_short,
+              double a_double, float a_float)
+@dots{}
+@end example
+
+For the body of the function, we prefer code formatted like this:
+
+@example
+if (x < foo (y, z))
+  haha = bar[4] + 5;
+else
+  @{
+    while (z)
+      @{
+        haha += foo (z, z);
+        z--;
+      @}
+    return ++x + bar ();
+  @}
+@end example
+
+We find it easier to read a program when it has spaces before the
+open-parentheses and after the commas.  Especially after the commas.
+
+When you split an expression into multiple lines, split it
+before an operator, not after one.  Here is the right way:
+
+@example
+if (foo_this_is_long && bar > win (x, y, z)
+    && remaining_condition)
+@end example
+
+Try to avoid having two operators of different precedence at the same
+level of indentation.  For example, don't write this:
+
+@example
+mode = (inmode[j] == VOIDmode
+        || GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode[j]) > GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode[j])
+        ? outmode[j] : inmode[j]);
+@end example
+
+Instead, use extra parentheses so that the indentation shows the nesting:
+
+@example
+mode = ((inmode[j] == VOIDmode
+         || (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode[j]) > GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode[j])))
+        ? outmode[j] : inmode[j]);
+@end example
+
+Insert extra parentheses so that Emacs will indent the code properly.
+For example, the following indentation looks nice if you do it by hand,
+but Emacs would mess it up:
+
+@example
+v = rup->ru_utime.tv_sec*1000 + rup->ru_utime.tv_usec/1000
+    + rup->ru_stime.tv_sec*1000 + rup->ru_stime.tv_usec/1000;
+@end example
+
+But adding a set of parentheses solves the problem:
+
+@example
+v = (rup->ru_utime.tv_sec*1000 + rup->ru_utime.tv_usec/1000
+     + rup->ru_stime.tv_sec*1000 + rup->ru_stime.tv_usec/1000);
+@end example
+
+Format do-while statements like this:
+
+@example
+do
+  @{
+    a = foo (a);
+  @}
+while (a > 0);
+@end example
+
+Please use formfeed characters (control-L) to divide the program into
+pages at logical places (but not within a function).  It does not matter
+just how long the pages are, since they do not have to fit on a printed
+page.  The formfeeds should appear alone on lines by themselves.
+
+
+@node Comments
+@section Commenting Your Work
+
+Every program should start with a comment saying briefly what it is for.
+Example: @samp{fmt - filter for simple filling of text}.
+
+Please write the comments in a GNU program in English, because English
+is the one language that nearly all programmers in all countries can
+read.  If you do not write English well, please write comments in
+English as well as you can, then ask other people to help rewrite them.
+If you can't write comments in English, please find someone to work with
+you and translate your comments into English.
+
+Please put a comment on each function saying what the function does,
+what sorts of arguments it gets, and what the possible values of
+arguments mean and are used for.  It is not necessary to duplicate in
+words the meaning of the C argument declarations, if a C type is being
+used in its customary fashion.  If there is anything nonstandard about
+its use (such as an argument of type @code{char *} which is really the
+address of the second character of a string, not the first), or any
+possible values that would not work the way one would expect (such as,
+that strings containing newlines are not guaranteed to work), be sure
+to say so.
+
+Also explain the significance of the return value, if there is one.
+
+Please put two spaces after the end of a sentence in your comments, so
+that the Emacs sentence commands will work.  Also, please write
+complete sentences and capitalize the first word.  If a lower-case
+identifier comes at the beginning of a sentence, don't capitalize it!
+Changing the spelling makes it a different identifier.  If you don't
+like starting a sentence with a lower case letter, write the sentence
+differently (e.g., ``The identifier lower-case is @dots{}'').
+
+The comment on a function is much clearer if you use the argument
+names to speak about the argument values.  The variable name itself
+should be lower case, but write it in upper case when you are speaking
+about the value rather than the variable itself.  Thus, ``the inode
+number NODE_NUM'' rather than ``an inode''.
+
+There is usually no purpose in restating the name of the function in
+the comment before it, because the reader can see that for himself.
+There might be an exception when the comment is so long that the function
+itself would be off the bottom of the screen.
+
+There should be a comment on each static variable as well, like this:
+
+@example
+/* Nonzero means truncate lines in the display;
+   zero means continue them.  */
+int truncate_lines;
+@end example
+
+Every @samp{#endif} should have a comment, except in the case of short
+conditionals (just a few lines) that are not nested.  The comment should
+state the condition of the conditional that is ending, @emph{including
+its sense}.  @samp{#else} should have a comment describing the condition
+@emph{and sense} of the code that follows.  For example:
+
+@example
+@group
+#ifdef foo
+  @dots{}
+#else /* not foo */
+  @dots{}
+#endif /* not foo */
+@end group
+@group
+#ifdef foo
+  @dots{}
+#endif /* foo */
+@end group
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+but, by contrast, write the comments this way for a @samp{#ifndef}:
+
+@example
+@group
+#ifndef foo
+  @dots{}
+#else /* foo */
+  @dots{}
+#endif /* foo */
+@end group
+@group
+#ifndef foo
+  @dots{}
+#endif /* not foo */
+@end group
+@end example
+
+@node Syntactic Conventions
+@section Clean Use of C Constructs
+
+Please explicitly declare all arguments to functions.
+Don't omit them just because they are @code{int}s.
+
+Declarations of external functions and functions to appear later in the
+source file should all go in one place near the beginning of the file
+(somewhere before the first function definition in the file), or else
+should go in a header file.  Don't put @code{extern} declarations inside
+functions.
+
+It used to be common practice to use the same local variables (with
+names like @code{tem}) over and over for different values within one
+function.  Instead of doing this, it is better declare a separate local
+variable for each distinct purpose, and give it a name which is
+meaningful.  This not only makes programs easier to understand, it also
+facilitates optimization by good compilers.  You can also move the
+declaration of each local variable into the smallest scope that includes
+all its uses.  This makes the program even cleaner.
+
+Don't use local variables or parameters that shadow global identifiers.
+
+Don't declare multiple variables in one declaration that spans lines.
+Start a new declaration on each line, instead.  For example, instead
+of this:
+
+@example
+@group
+int    foo,
+       bar;
+@end group
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+write either this:
+
+@example
+int foo, bar;
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+or this:
+
+@example
+int foo;
+int bar;
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+(If they are global variables, each should have a comment preceding it
+anyway.)
+
+When you have an @code{if}-@code{else} statement nested in another
+@code{if} statement, always put braces around the @code{if}-@code{else}.
+Thus, never write like this:
+
+@example
+if (foo)
+  if (bar)
+    win ();
+  else
+    lose ();
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+always like this:
+
+@example
+if (foo)
+  @{
+    if (bar)
+      win ();
+    else
+      lose ();
+  @}
+@end example
+
+If you have an @code{if} statement nested inside of an @code{else}
+statement, either write @code{else if} on one line, like this,
+
+@example
+if (foo)
+  @dots{}
+else if (bar)
+  @dots{}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+with its @code{then}-part indented like the preceding @code{then}-part,
+or write the nested @code{if} within braces like this:
+
+@example
+if (foo)
+  @dots{}
+else
+  @{
+    if (bar)
+      @dots{}
+  @}
+@end example
+
+Don't declare both a structure tag and variables or typedefs in the
+same declaration.  Instead, declare the structure tag separately
+and then use it to declare the variables or typedefs.
+
+Try to avoid assignments inside @code{if}-conditions.  For example,
+don't write this:
+
+@example
+if ((foo = (char *) malloc (sizeof *foo)) == 0)
+  fatal ("virtual memory exhausted");
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+instead, write this:
+
+@example
+foo = (char *) malloc (sizeof *foo);
+if (foo == 0)
+  fatal ("virtual memory exhausted");
+@end example
+
+Don't make the program ugly to placate @code{lint}.  Please don't insert any
+casts to @code{void}.  Zero without a cast is perfectly fine as a null
+pointer constant, except when calling a varargs function.
+
+@node  Names
+@section Naming Variables and Functions
+
+The names of global variables and functions in a program serve as
+comments of a sort.  So don't choose terse names---instead, look for
+names that give useful information about the meaning of the variable or
+function.  In a GNU program, names should be English, like other
+comments.
+
+Local variable names can be shorter, because they are used only within
+one context, where (presumably) comments explain their purpose.
+
+Please use underscores to separate words in a name, so that the Emacs
+word commands can be useful within them.  Stick to lower case; reserve
+upper case for macros and @code{enum} constants, and for name-prefixes
+that follow a uniform convention.
+
+For example, you should use names like @code{ignore_space_change_flag};
+don't use names like @code{iCantReadThis}.
+
+Variables that indicate whether command-line options have been
+specified should be named after the meaning of the option, not after
+the option-letter.  A comment should state both the exact meaning of
+the option and its letter.  For example,
+
+@example
+@group
+/* Ignore changes in horizontal whitespace (-b).  */
+int ignore_space_change_flag;
+@end group
+@end example
+
+When you want to define names with constant integer values, use
+@code{enum} rather than @samp{#define}.  GDB knows about enumeration
+constants.
+
+Use file names of 14 characters or less, to avoid creating gratuitous
+problems on older System V systems.  You can use the program
+@code{doschk} to test for this.  @code{doschk} also tests for potential
+name conflicts if the files were loaded onto an MS-DOS file
+system---something you may or may not care about.
+
+@node System Portability
+@section Portability between System Types
+
+In the Unix world, ``portability'' refers to porting to different Unix
+versions.  For a GNU program, this kind of portability is desirable, but
+not paramount.
+
+The primary purpose of GNU software is to run on top of the GNU kernel,
+compiled with the GNU C compiler, on various types of @sc{cpu}.  The
+amount and kinds of variation among GNU systems on different @sc{cpu}s
+will be comparable to the variation among Linux-based GNU systems or
+among BSD systems today.  So the kinds of portability that are absolutely
+necessary are quite limited.
+
+But many users do run GNU software on non-GNU Unix or Unix-like systems.
+So supporting a variety of Unix-like systems is desirable, although not
+paramount.
+
+The easiest way to achieve portability to most Unix-like systems is to
+use Autoconf.  It's unlikely that your program needs to know more
+information about the host platform than Autoconf can provide, simply
+because most of the programs that need such knowledge have already been
+written.
+
+Avoid using the format of semi-internal data bases (e.g., directories)
+when there is a higher-level alternative (@code{readdir}).
+
+As for systems that are not like Unix, such as MSDOS, Windows, the
+Macintosh, VMS, and MVS, supporting them is usually so much work that it
+is better if you don't.
+
+The planned GNU kernel is not finished yet, but you can tell which
+facilities it will provide by looking at the GNU C Library Manual.  The
+GNU kernel is based on Mach, so the features of Mach will also be
+available.  However, if you use Mach features, you'll probably have
+trouble debugging your program today.
+
+@node CPU Portability
+@section Portability between @sc{cpu}s
+
+Even GNU systems will differ because of differences among @sc{cpu}
+types---for example, difference in byte ordering and alignment
+requirements.  It is absolutely essential to handle these differences.
+However, don't make any effort to cater to the possibility that an
+@code{int} will be less than 32 bits.  We don't support 16-bit machines
+in GNU.
+
+Don't assume that the address of an @code{int} object is also the
+address of its least-significant byte.  This is false on big-endian
+machines.  Thus, don't make the following mistake:
+
+@example
+int c;
+@dots{}
+while ((c = getchar()) != EOF)
+  write(file_descriptor, &c, 1);
+@end example
+
+When calling functions, you need not worry about the difference between
+pointers of various types, or between pointers and integers.  On most
+machines, there's no difference anyway.  As for the few machines where
+there is a difference, all of them support @sc{ansi} C, so you can use
+prototypes (conditionalized to be active only in @sc{ansi} C) to make
+the code work on those systems.
+
+In certain cases, it is ok to pass integer and pointer arguments
+indiscriminately to the same function, and use no prototype on any
+system.  For example, many GNU programs have error-reporting functions
+that pass their arguments along to @code{printf} and friends:
+
+@example
+error (s, a1, a2, a3)
+     char *s;
+     int a1, a2, a3;
+@{
+  fprintf (stderr, "error: ");
+  fprintf (stderr, s, a1, a2, a3);
+@}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+In practice, this works on all machines, and it is much simpler than any
+``correct'' alternative.  Be sure @emph{not} to use a prototype
+for such functions.
+
+However, avoid casting pointers to integers unless you really need to.
+These assumptions really reduce portability, and in most programs they
+are easy to avoid.  In the cases where casting pointers to integers is
+essential---such as, a Lisp interpreter which stores type information as
+well as an address in one word---it is ok to do so, but you'll have to
+make explicit provisions to handle different word sizes.
+
+@node System Functions
+@section Calling System Functions
+
+C implementations differ substantially.  @sc{ansi} C reduces but does not
+eliminate the incompatibilities; meanwhile, many users wish to compile
+GNU software with pre-@sc{ansi} compilers.  This chapter gives
+recommendations for how to use the more or less standard C library
+functions to avoid unnecessary loss of portability.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Don't use the value of @code{sprintf}.  It returns the number of
+characters written on some systems, but not on all systems.
+
+@item
+@code{main} should be declared to return type @code{int}.  It should
+terminate either by calling @code{exit} or by returning the integer
+status code; make sure it cannot ever return an undefined value.
+
+@item
+Don't declare system functions explicitly.
+
+Almost any declaration for a system function is wrong on some system.
+To minimize conflicts, leave it to the system header files to declare
+system functions.  If the headers don't declare a function, let it
+remain undeclared.
+
+While it may seem unclean to use a function without declaring it, in
+practice this works fine for most system library functions on the
+systems where this really happens; thus, the disadvantage is only
+theoretical.  By contrast, actual declarations have frequently caused
+actual conflicts.
+
+@item
+If you must declare a system function, don't specify the argument types.
+Use an old-style declaration, not an @sc{ansi} prototype.  The more you
+specify about the function, the more likely a conflict.
+
+@item
+In particular, don't unconditionally declare @code{malloc} or
+@code{realloc}.
+
+Most GNU programs use those functions just once, in functions
+conventionally named @code{xmalloc} and @code{xrealloc}.  These
+functions call @code{malloc} and @code{realloc}, respectively, and
+check the results.
+
+Because @code{xmalloc} and @code{xrealloc} are defined in your program,
+you can declare them in other files without any risk of type conflict.
+
+On most systems, @code{int} is the same length as a pointer; thus, the
+calls to @code{malloc} and @code{realloc} work fine.  For the few
+exceptional systems (mostly 64-bit machines), you can use
+@strong{conditionalized} declarations of @code{malloc} and
+@code{realloc}---or put these declarations in configuration files
+specific to those systems.
+
+@item
+The string functions require special treatment.  Some Unix systems have
+a header file @file{string.h}; others have @file{strings.h}.  Neither
+file name is portable.  There are two things you can do: use Autoconf to
+figure out which file to include, or don't include either file.
+
+@item
+If you don't include either strings file, you can't get declarations for
+the string functions from the header file in the usual way.
+
+That causes less of a problem than you might think.  The newer @sc{ansi}
+string functions should be avoided anyway because many systems still
+don't support them.  The string functions you can use are these:
+
+@example
+strcpy   strncpy   strcat   strncat
+strlen   strcmp    strncmp
+strchr   strrchr
+@end example
+
+The copy and concatenate functions work fine without a declaration as
+long as you don't use their values.  Using their values without a
+declaration fails on systems where the width of a pointer differs from
+the width of @code{int}, and perhaps in other cases.  It is trivial to
+avoid using their values, so do that.
+
+The compare functions and @code{strlen} work fine without a declaration
+on most systems, possibly all the ones that GNU software runs on.
+You may find it necessary to declare them @strong{conditionally} on a
+few systems.
+
+The search functions must be declared to return @code{char *}.  Luckily,
+there is no variation in the data type they return.  But there is
+variation in their names.  Some systems give these functions the names
+@code{index} and @code{rindex}; other systems use the names
+@code{strchr} and @code{strrchr}.  Some systems support both pairs of
+names, but neither pair works on all systems.
+
+You should pick a single pair of names and use it throughout your
+program.  (Nowadays, it is better to choose @code{strchr} and
+@code{strrchr} for new programs, since those are the standard @sc{ansi}
+names.)  Declare both of those names as functions returning @code{char
+*}.  On systems which don't support those names, define them as macros
+in terms of the other pair.  For example, here is what to put at the
+beginning of your file (or in a header) if you want to use the names
+@code{strchr} and @code{strrchr} throughout:
+
+@example
+#ifndef HAVE_STRCHR
+#define strchr index
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_STRRCHR
+#define strrchr rindex
+#endif
+
+char *strchr ();
+char *strrchr ();
+@end example
+@end itemize
+
+Here we assume that @code{HAVE_STRCHR} and @code{HAVE_STRRCHR} are
+macros defined in systems where the corresponding functions exist.
+One way to get them properly defined is to use Autoconf.
+
+@node Internationalization
+@section Internationalization
+
+GNU has a library called GNU gettext that makes it easy to translate the
+messages in a program into various languages.  You should use this
+library in every program.  Use English for the messages as they appear
+in the program, and let gettext provide the way to translate them into
+other languages.
+
+Using GNU gettext involves putting a call to the @code{gettext} macro
+around each string that might need translation---like this:
+
+@example
+printf (gettext ("Processing file `%s'..."));
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+This permits GNU gettext to replace the string @code{"Processing file
+`%s'..."} with a translated version.
+
+Once a program uses gettext, please make a point of writing calls to
+@code{gettext} when you add new strings that call for translation.
+
+Using GNU gettext in a package involves specifying a @dfn{text domain
+name} for the package.  The text domain name is used to separate the
+translations for this package from the translations for other packages.
+Normally, the text domain name should be the same as the name of the
+package---for example, @samp{fileutils} for the GNU file utilities.
+
+To enable gettext to work well, avoid writing code that makes
+assumptions about the structure of words or sentences.  When you want
+the precise text of a sentence to vary depending on the data, use two or
+more alternative string constants each containing a complete sentences,
+rather than inserting conditionalized words or phrases into a single
+sentence framework.
+
+Here is an example of what not to do:
+
+@example
+printf ("%d file%s processed", nfiles,
+        nfiles != 1 ? "s" : "");
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The problem with that example is that it assumes that plurals are made
+by adding `s'.  If you apply gettext to the format string, like this,
+
+@example
+printf (gettext ("%d file%s processed"), nfiles,
+        nfiles != 1 ? "s" : "");
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+the message can use different words, but it will still be forced to use
+`s' for the plural.  Here is a better way:
+
+@example
+printf ((nfiles != 1 ? "%d files processed"
+         : "%d file processed"),
+        nfiles);
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+This way, you can apply gettext to each of the two strings
+independently:
+
+@example
+printf ((nfiles != 1 ? gettext ("%d files processed")
+         : gettext ("%d file processed")),
+        nfiles);
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+This can be any method of forming the plural of the word for ``file'', and
+also handles languages that require agreement in the word for
+``processed''.
+
+A similar problem appears at the level of sentence structure with this
+code:
+
+@example
+printf ("#  Implicit rule search has%s been done.\n",
+        f->tried_implicit ? "" : " not");
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Adding @code{gettext} calls to this code cannot give correct results for
+all languages, because negation in some languages requires adding words
+at more than one place in the sentence.  By contrast, adding
+@code{gettext} calls does the job straightfowardly if the code starts
+out like this:
+
+@example
+printf (f->tried_implicit
+        ? "#  Implicit rule search has been done.\n",
+        : "#  Implicit rule search has not been done.\n");
+@end example
+
+@node Mmap
+@section Mmap
+
+Don't assume that @code{mmap} either works on all files or fails
+for all files.  It may work on some files and fail on others.
+
+The proper way to use @code{mmap} is to try it on the specific file for
+which you want to use it---and if @code{mmap} doesn't work, fall back on
+doing the job in another way using @code{read} and @code{write}.
+
+The reason this precaution is needed is that the GNU kernel (the HURD)
+provides a user-extensible file system, in which there can be many
+different kinds of ``ordinary files.''  Many of them support
+@code{mmap}, but some do not.  It is important to make programs handle
+all these kinds of files.
+
+@node Documentation
+@chapter Documenting Programs
+
+@menu
+* GNU Manuals::                 Writing proper manuals.
+* Manual Structure Details::    Specific structure conventions.
+* NEWS File::                   NEWS files supplement manuals.
+* Change Logs::                 Recording Changes
+* Man Pages::                   Man pages are secondary.
+* Reading other Manuals::       How far you can go in learning
+                                from other manuals.
+@end menu
+
+@node GNU Manuals
+@section GNU Manuals
+
+The preferred way to document part of the GNU system is to write a
+manual in the Texinfo formatting language.  See the Texinfo manual,
+either the hardcopy, or the on-line version available through
+@code{info} or the Emacs Info subsystem (@kbd{C-h i}).
+
+Programmers often find it most natural to structure the documentation
+following the structure of the implementation, which they know.  But
+this structure is not necessarily good for explaining how to use the
+program; it may be irrelevant and confusing for a user.
+
+At every level, from the sentences in a paragraph to the grouping of
+topics into separate manuals, the right way to structure documentation
+is according to the concepts and questions that a user will have in mind
+when reading it.  Sometimes this structure of ideas matches the
+structure of the implementation of the software being documented---but
+often they are different.  Often the most important part of learning to
+write good documentation is learning to notice when you are structuring
+the documentation like the implementation, and think about better
+alternatives.
+
+For example, each program in the GNU system probably ought to be
+documented in one manual; but this does not mean each program should
+have its own manual.  That would be following the structure of the
+implementation, rather than the structure that helps the user
+understand.
+
+Instead, each manual should cover a coherent @emph{topic}.  For example,
+instead of a manual for @code{diff} and a manual for @code{diff3}, we
+have one manual for ``comparison of files'' which covers both of those
+programs, as well as @code{cmp}.  By documenting these programs
+together, we can make the whole subject clearer.
+
+The manual which discusses a program should document all of the
+program's command-line options and all of its commands.  It should give
+examples of their use.  But don't organize the manual as a list of
+features.  Instead, organize it logically, by subtopics.  Address the
+questions that a user will ask when thinking about the job that the
+program does.
+
+In general, a GNU manual should serve both as tutorial and reference.
+It should be set up for convenient access to each topic through Info,
+and for reading straight through (appendixes aside).  A GNU manual
+should give a good introduction to a beginner reading through from the
+start, and should also provide all the details that hackers want.
+
+That is not as hard as it first sounds.  Arrange each chapter as a
+logical breakdown of its topic, but order the sections, and write their
+text, so that reading the chapter straight through makes sense.  Do
+likewise when structuring the book into chapters, and when structuring a
+section into paragraphs.  The watchword is, @emph{at each point, address
+the most fundamental and important issue raised by the preceding text.}
+
+If necessary, add extra chapters at the beginning of the manual which
+are purely tutorial and cover the basics of the subject.  These provide
+the framework for a beginner to understand the rest of the manual.  The
+Bison manual provides a good example of how to do this.
+
+Don't use Unix man pages as a model for how to write GNU documentation;
+most of them are terse, badly structured, and give inadequate
+explanation of the underlying concepts.  (There are, of course
+exceptions.)  Also Unix man pages use a particular format which is
+different from what we use in GNU manuals.
+
+Please do not use the term ``pathname'' that is used in Unix
+documentation; use ``file name'' (two words) instead.  We use the term
+``path'' only for search paths, which are lists of file names.
+
+Please do not use the term ``illegal'' to refer to erroneous input to a
+computer program.  Please use ``invalid'' for this, and reserve the term
+``illegal'' for violations of law.
+
+@node Manual Structure Details
+@section Manual Structure Details
+
+The title page of the manual should state the version of the programs or
+packages documented in the manual.  The Top node of the manual should
+also contain this information.  If the manual is changing more
+frequently than or independent of the program, also state a version
+number for the manual in both of these places.
+
+Each program documented in the manual should should have a node named
+@samp{@var{program} Invocation} or @samp{Invoking @var{program}}.  This
+node (together with its subnodes, if any) should describe the program's
+command line arguments and how to run it (the sort of information people
+would look in a man page for).  Start with an @samp{@@example}
+containing a template for all the options and arguments that the program
+uses.
+
+Alternatively, put a menu item in some menu whose item name fits one of
+the above patterns.  This identifies the node which that item points to
+as the node for this purpose, regardless of the node's actual name.
+
+There will be automatic features for specifying a program name and
+quickly reading just this part of its manual.
+
+If one manual describes several programs, it should have such a node for
+each program described.
+
+@node NEWS File
+@section The NEWS File
+
+In addition to its manual, the package should have a file named
+@file{NEWS} which contains a list of user-visible changes worth
+mentioning.  In each new release, add items to the front of the file and
+identify the version they pertain to.  Don't discard old items; leave
+them in the file after the newer items.  This way, a user upgrading from
+any previous version can see what is new.
+
+If the @file{NEWS} file gets very long, move some of the older items
+into a file named @file{ONEWS} and put a note at the end referring the
+user to that file.
+
+@node Change Logs
+@section Change Logs
+
+Keep a change log to describe all the changes made to program source
+files.  The purpose of this is so that people investigating bugs in the
+future will know about the changes that might have introduced the bug.
+Often a new bug can be found by looking at what was recently changed.
+More importantly, change logs can help you eliminate conceptual
+inconsistencies between different parts of a program, by giving you a
+history of how the conflicting concepts arose and who they came from.
+
+@menu
+* Change Log Concepts::         
+* Style of Change Logs::        
+* Simple Changes::              
+* Conditional Changes::         
+@end menu
+
+@node Change Log Concepts
+@subsection Change Log Concepts
+
+You can think of the change log as a conceptual ``undo list'' which
+explains how earlier versions were different from the current version.
+People can see the current version; they don't need the change log
+to tell them what is in it.  What they want from a change log is a
+clear explanation of how the earlier version differed.
+
+The change log file is normally called @file{ChangeLog} and covers an
+entire directory.  Each directory can have its own change log, or a
+directory can use the change log of its parent directory--it's up to
+you.
+
+Another alternative is to record change log information with a version
+control system such as RCS or CVS.  This can be converted automatically
+to a @file{ChangeLog} file.
+
+There's no need to describe the full purpose of the changes or how they
+work together.  If you think that a change calls for explanation, you're
+probably right.  Please do explain it---but please put the explanation
+in comments in the code, where people will see it whenever they see the
+code.  For example, ``New function'' is enough for the change log when
+you add a function, because there should be a comment before the
+function definition to explain what it does.
+
+However, sometimes it is useful to write one line to describe the
+overall purpose of a batch of changes.
+
+The easiest way to add an entry to @file{ChangeLog} is with the Emacs
+command @kbd{M-x add-change-log-entry}.  An entry should have an
+asterisk, the name of the changed file, and then in parentheses the name
+of the changed functions, variables or whatever, followed by a colon.
+Then describe the changes you made to that function or variable.
+
+@node Style of Change Logs
+@subsection Style of Change Logs
+
+Here are some examples of change log entries:
+
+@example
+* register.el (insert-register): Return nil.
+(jump-to-register): Likewise.
+
+* sort.el (sort-subr): Return nil.
+
+* tex-mode.el (tex-bibtex-file, tex-file, tex-region):
+Restart the tex shell if process is gone or stopped.
+(tex-shell-running): New function.
+
+* expr.c (store_one_arg): Round size up for move_block_to_reg.
+(expand_call): Round up when emitting USE insns.
+* stmt.c (assign_parms): Round size up for move_block_from_reg.
+@end example
+
+It's important to name the changed function or variable in full.  Don't
+abbreviate function or variable names, and don't combine them.
+Subsequent maintainers will often search for a function name to find all
+the change log entries that pertain to it; if you abbreviate the name,
+they won't find it when they search.
+
+For example, some people are tempted to abbreviate groups of function
+names by writing @samp{* register.el (@{insert,jump-to@}-register)};
+this is not a good idea, since searching for @code{jump-to-register} or
+@code{insert-register} would not find that entry.
+
+Separate unrelated change log entries with blank lines.  When two
+entries represent parts of the same change, so that they work together,
+then don't put blank lines between them.  Then you can omit the file
+name and the asterisk when successive entries are in the same file.
+
+@node Simple Changes
+@subsection Simple Changes
+
+Certain simple kinds of changes don't need much detail in the change
+log.
+
+When you change the calling sequence of a function in a simple fashion,
+and you change all the callers of the function, there is no need to make
+individual entries for all the callers that you changed.  Just write in
+the entry for the function being called, ``All callers changed.''
+
+@example
+* keyboard.c (Fcommand_execute): New arg SPECIAL.
+All callers changed.
+@end example
+
+When you change just comments or doc strings, it is enough to write an
+entry for the file, without mentioning the functions.  Just ``Doc
+fixes'' is enough for the change log.
+
+There's no need to make change log entries for documentation files.
+This is because documentation is not susceptible to bugs that are hard
+to fix.  Documentation does not consist of parts that must interact in a
+precisely engineered fashion.  To correct an error, you need not know
+the history of the erroneous passage; it is enough to compare what the
+documentation says with the way the program actually works.
+
+@node Conditional Changes
+@subsection Conditional Changes
+
+C programs often contain compile-time @code{#if} conditionals.  Many
+changes are conditional; sometimes you add a new definition which is
+entirely contained in a conditional.  It is very useful to indicate in
+the change log the conditions for which the change applies.
+
+Our convention for indicating conditional changes is to use square
+brackets around the name of the condition.
+
+Here is a simple example, describing a change which is conditional but
+does not have a function or entity name associated with it:
+
+@example
+* xterm.c [SOLARIS2]: Include string.h.
+@end example
+
+Here is an entry describing a new definition which is entirely
+conditional.  This new definition for the macro @code{FRAME_WINDOW_P} is
+used only when @code{HAVE_X_WINDOWS} is defined:
+
+@example
+* frame.h [HAVE_X_WINDOWS] (FRAME_WINDOW_P): Macro defined.
+@end example
+
+Here is an entry for a change within the function @code{init_display},
+whose definition as a whole is unconditional, but the changes themselves
+are contained in a @samp{#ifdef HAVE_LIBNCURSES} conditional:
+
+@example
+* dispnew.c (init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
+@end example
+
+Here is an entry for a change that takes affect only when
+a certain macro is @emph{not} defined:
+
+@example
+(gethostname) [!HAVE_SOCKETS]: Replace with winsock version.
+@end example
+
+@node Man Pages
+@section Man Pages
+
+In the GNU project, man pages are secondary.  It is not necessary or
+expected for every GNU program to have a man page, but some of them do.
+It's your choice whether to include a man page in your program.
+
+When you make this decision, consider that supporting a man page
+requires continual effort each time the program is changed.  The time
+you spend on the man page is time taken away from more useful work.
+
+For a simple program which changes little, updating the man page may be
+a small job.  Then there is little reason not to include a man page, if
+you have one.
+
+For a large program that changes a great deal, updating a man page may
+be a substantial burden.  If a user offers to donate a man page, you may
+find this gift costly to accept.  It may be better to refuse the man
+page unless the same person agrees to take full responsibility for
+maintaining it---so that you can wash your hands of it entirely.  If
+this volunteer later ceases to do the job, then don't feel obliged to
+pick it up yourself; it may be better to withdraw the man page from the
+distribution until someone else agrees to update it.
+
+When a program changes only a little, you may feel that the
+discrepancies are small enough that the man page remains useful without
+updating.  If so, put a prominent note near the beginning of the man
+page explaining that you don't maintain it and that the Texinfo manual
+is more authoritative.  The note should say how to access the Texinfo
+documentation.
+
+@node Reading other Manuals
+@section Reading other Manuals
+
+There may be non-free books or documentation files that describe the
+program you are documenting.
+
+It is ok to use these documents for reference, just as the author of a
+new algebra textbook can read other books on algebra.  A large portion
+of any non-fiction book consists of facts, in this case facts about how
+a certain program works, and these facts are necessarily the same for
+everyone who writes about the subject.  But be careful not to copy your
+outline structure, wording, tables or examples from preexisting non-free
+documentation.  Copying from free documentation may be ok; please check
+with the FSF about the individual case.
+
+@node Managing Releases
+@chapter The Release Process
+
+Making a release is more than just bundling up your source files in a
+tar file and putting it up for FTP.  You should set up your software so
+that it can be configured to run on a variety of systems.  Your Makefile
+should conform to the GNU standards described below, and your directory
+layout should also conform to the standards discussed below.  Doing so
+makes it easy to include your package into the larger framework of
+all GNU software.
+
+@menu
+* Configuration::               How Configuration Should Work
+* Makefile Conventions::	Makefile Conventions
+* Releases::                    Making Releases
+@end menu
+
+@node Configuration
+@section How Configuration Should Work
+
+Each GNU distribution should come with a shell script named
+@code{configure}.  This script is given arguments which describe the
+kind of machine and system you want to compile the program for.
+
+The @code{configure} script must record the configuration options so
+that they affect compilation.
+
+One way to do this is to make a link from a standard name such as
+@file{config.h} to the proper configuration file for the chosen system.
+If you use this technique, the distribution should @emph{not} contain a
+file named @file{config.h}.  This is so that people won't be able to
+build the program without configuring it first.
+
+Another thing that @code{configure} can do is to edit the Makefile.  If
+you do this, the distribution should @emph{not} contain a file named
+@file{Makefile}.  Instead, it should include a file @file{Makefile.in} which
+contains the input used for editing.  Once again, this is so that people
+won't be able to build the program without configuring it first.
+
+If @code{configure} does write the @file{Makefile}, then @file{Makefile}
+should have a target named @file{Makefile} which causes @code{configure}
+to be rerun, setting up the same configuration that was set up last
+time.  The files that @code{configure} reads should be listed as
+dependencies of @file{Makefile}.
+
+All the files which are output from the @code{configure} script should
+have comments at the beginning explaining that they were generated
+automatically using @code{configure}.  This is so that users won't think
+of trying to edit them by hand.
+
+The @code{configure} script should write a file named @file{config.status}
+which describes which configuration options were specified when the
+program was last configured.  This file should be a shell script which,
+if run, will recreate the same configuration.
+
+The @code{configure} script should accept an option of the form
+@samp{--srcdir=@var{dirname}} to specify the directory where sources are found
+(if it is not the current directory).  This makes it possible to build
+the program in a separate directory, so that the actual source directory
+is not modified.
+
+If the user does not specify @samp{--srcdir}, then @code{configure} should
+check both @file{.} and @file{..} to see if it can find the sources.  If
+it finds the sources in one of these places, it should use them from
+there.  Otherwise, it should report that it cannot find the sources, and
+should exit with nonzero status.
+
+Usually the easy way to support @samp{--srcdir} is by editing a
+definition of @code{VPATH} into the Makefile.  Some rules may need to
+refer explicitly to the specified source directory.  To make this
+possible, @code{configure} can add to the Makefile a variable named
+@code{srcdir} whose value is precisely the specified directory.
+
+The @code{configure} script should also take an argument which specifies the
+type of system to build the program for.  This argument should look like
+this:
+
+@example
+@var{cpu}-@var{company}-@var{system}
+@end example
+
+For example, a Sun 3 might be @samp{m68k-sun-sunos4.1}.
+
+The @code{configure} script needs to be able to decode all plausible
+alternatives for how to describe a machine.  Thus, @samp{sun3-sunos4.1}
+would be a valid alias.  For many programs, @samp{vax-dec-ultrix} would
+be an alias for @samp{vax-dec-bsd}, simply because the differences
+between Ultrix and @sc{BSD} are rarely noticeable, but a few programs
+might need to distinguish them.
+@c Real 4.4BSD now runs on some Suns.
+
+There is a shell script called @file{config.sub} that you can use
+as a subroutine to validate system types and canonicalize aliases.
+
+Other options are permitted to specify in more detail the software
+or hardware present on the machine, and include or exclude optional
+parts of the package:
+
+@table @samp
+@item --enable-@var{feature}@r{[}=@var{parameter}@r{]}
+Configure the package to build and install an optional user-level
+facility called @var{feature}.  This allows users to choose which
+optional features to include.  Giving an optional @var{parameter} of
+@samp{no} should omit @var{feature}, if it is built by default.
+
+No @samp{--enable} option should @strong{ever} cause one feature to
+replace another.  No @samp{--enable} option should ever substitute one
+useful behavior for another useful behavior.  The only proper use for
+@samp{--enable} is for questions of whether to build part of the program
+or exclude it.
+
+@item --with-@var{package}
+@c @r{[}=@var{parameter}@r{]}
+The package @var{package} will be installed, so configure this package
+to work with @var{package}.
+
+@c  Giving an optional @var{parameter} of
+@c @samp{no} should omit @var{package}, if it is used by default.
+
+Possible values of @var{package} include 
+@samp{gnu-as} (or @samp{gas}), @samp{gnu-ld}, @samp{gnu-libc},
+@samp{gdb},
+@samp{x}, 
+and
+@samp{x-toolkit}.
+
+Do not use a @samp{--with} option to specify the file name to use to
+find certain files.  That is outside the scope of what @samp{--with}
+options are for.
+
+@item --nfp
+The target machine has no floating point processor.
+
+@item --gas
+The target machine assembler is GAS, the GNU assembler.
+This is obsolete; users should use @samp{--with-gnu-as} instead.
+
+@item --x
+The target machine has the X Window System installed.
+This is obsolete; users should use @samp{--with-x} instead.
+@end table
+
+All @code{configure} scripts should accept all of these ``detail''
+options, whether or not they make any difference to the particular
+package at hand.  In particular, they should accept any option that
+starts with @samp{--with-} or @samp{--enable-}.  This is so users will
+be able to configure an entire GNU source tree at once with a single set
+of options.
+
+You will note that the categories @samp{--with-} and @samp{--enable-}
+are narrow: they @strong{do not} provide a place for any sort of option
+you might think of.  That is deliberate.  We want to limit the possible
+configuration options in GNU software.  We do not want GNU programs to
+have idiosyncratic configuration options.
+
+Packages that perform part of the compilation process may support cross-compilation.
+In such a case, the host and target machines for the program may be
+different.  The @code{configure} script should normally treat the
+specified type of system as both the host and the target, thus producing
+a program which works for the same type of machine that it runs on.
+
+The way to build a cross-compiler, cross-assembler, or what have you, is
+to specify the option @samp{--host=@var{hosttype}} when running
+@code{configure}.  This specifies the host system without changing the
+type of target system.  The syntax for @var{hosttype} is the same as
+described above.
+
+Bootstrapping a cross-compiler requires compiling it on a machine other
+than the host it will run on.  Compilation packages accept a
+configuration option @samp{--build=@var{hosttype}} for specifying the
+configuration on which you will compile them, in case that is different
+from the host.
+
+Programs for which cross-operation is not meaningful need not accept the
+@samp{--host} option, because configuring an entire operating system for
+cross-operation is not a meaningful thing.
+
+Some programs have ways of configuring themselves automatically.  If
+your program is set up to do this, your @code{configure} script can simply
+ignore most of its arguments.
+
+@comment The makefile standards are in a separate file that is also
+@comment included by make.texinfo.  Done by roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu on 1/6/93.
+@comment For this document, turn chapters into sections, etc.
+@lowersections
+@include make-stds.texi
+@raisesections
+
+@node Releases
+@section Making Releases
+
+Package the distribution of @code{Foo version 69.96} up in a gzipped tar
+file with the name @file{foo-69.96.tar.gz}.  It should unpack into a
+subdirectory named @file{foo-69.96}.
+
+Building and installing the program should never modify any of the files
+contained in the distribution.  This means that all the files that form
+part of the program in any way must be classified into @dfn{source
+files} and @dfn{non-source files}.  Source files are written by humans
+and never changed automatically; non-source files are produced from
+source files by programs under the control of the Makefile.
+
+Naturally, all the source files must be in the distribution.  It is okay
+to include non-source files in the distribution, provided they are
+up-to-date and machine-independent, so that building the distribution
+normally will never modify them.  We commonly include non-source files
+produced by Bison, @code{lex}, @TeX{}, and @code{makeinfo}; this helps avoid
+unnecessary dependencies between our distributions, so that users can
+install whichever packages they want to install.
+
+Non-source files that might actually be modified by building and
+installing the program should @strong{never} be included in the
+distribution.  So if you do distribute non-source files, always make
+sure they are up to date when you make a new distribution.
+
+Make sure that the directory into which the distribution unpacks (as
+well as any subdirectories) are all world-writable (octal mode 777).
+This is so that old versions of @code{tar} which preserve the
+ownership and permissions of the files from the tar archive will be
+able to extract all the files even if the user is unprivileged.
+
+Make sure that all the files in the distribution are world-readable.
+
+Make sure that no file name in the distribution is more than 14
+characters long.  Likewise, no file created by building the program
+should have a name longer than 14 characters.  The reason for this is
+that some systems adhere to a foolish interpretation of the POSIX
+standard, and refuse to open a longer name, rather than truncating as
+they did in the past.
+
+Don't include any symbolic links in the distribution itself.  If the tar
+file contains symbolic links, then people cannot even unpack it on
+systems that don't support symbolic links.  Also, don't use multiple
+names for one file in different directories, because certain file
+systems cannot handle this and that prevents unpacking the
+distribution.
+
+Try to make sure that all the file names will be unique on MS-DOS.  A
+name on MS-DOS consists of up to 8 characters, optionally followed by a
+period and up to three characters.  MS-DOS will truncate extra
+characters both before and after the period.  Thus,
+@file{foobarhacker.c} and @file{foobarhacker.o} are not ambiguous; they
+are truncated to @file{foobarha.c} and @file{foobarha.o}, which are
+distinct.
+
+Include in your distribution a copy of the @file{texinfo.tex} you used
+to test print any @file{*.texinfo} or @file{*.texi} files.
+
+Likewise, if your program uses small GNU software packages like regex,
+getopt, obstack, or termcap, include them in the distribution file.
+Leaving them out would make the distribution file a little smaller at
+the expense of possible inconvenience to a user who doesn't know what
+other files to get.
+
+@contents
+
+@bye
+Local variables:
+update-date-leading-regexp: "@c This date is automagically updated when you save this file:\n@set lastupdate "
+update-date-trailing-regexp: ""
+eval: (load "/gd/gnuorg/update-date.el")
+eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'update-date)
+End: